Second Regulation implementing the Regulation on aeronautical personnel (Application requirements for training and testing for the acquisition of licences and allowances for aeronautical operators, as laid down in the Regulation on aeronautical staff) (2). DVLuftPersV)
Unofficial table of contents
2. DVLuftPersV
Date of completion: 24.01.2006
Full quote:
" Second Regulation implementing the Regulation on air transport personnel (Application requirements for the training and examination for the acquisition of licences and allowances for aeronautical operators, as provided for in the Aviation Staff Regulation) of 24 January 2006 (BAnz. 2006 No 60 p. 2061) "
Footnote
(+ + + Text evidence from: 26.3.2006 + + +)
Unofficial table of contents
Input formula
Pursuant to Section 32 (1), first sentence, No. 4 and 5 of the Aviation Act, as amended by the March 27, 1999 Notice (BGBl). 550), as last amended by Article 2 (2) of the Law of 19 April 2005 (BGBl). 1070), in conjunction with Section 133a of the Regulation on aeronautical personnel, as amended by the Notice of 13 February 1984 (BGBl. 265), as set out in Article 2 (64) of the Regulation on the amendment of air legislation on requirements for flight crews of 10 February 2003 (BGBl I). 182), the Federal Aviation Office (Bundesamt) is responsible for the following:
Unofficial table of contents
table of contents
| First section |
| General provisions |
| |
§ § § |
| Scope |
1 |
| Second section |
| Training and examination |
| Purpose of training |
2 |
| Deception attempt, resignation from the examination |
3 |
| Third Section |
| Licenses and permissions for air drivers |
| Private Aircraft Guide |
4 |
| Travel Engine Seller Class Authority |
5 |
| Class authority for single-engine landing aircraft with a piston engine with a maximum mass of more than 750 kilograms |
6 |
| Acquisition of the private pilot licence (aircraft) according to JAR-FCL 1 German |
7 |
| Glider Guide |
8 |
| Class authority for motor sailer for holders of the licence for glider drivers |
9 |
| Free balloon guide |
10 |
| Airship Guide |
11 |
| Flight technicians on helicopters at the federal and state police forces |
|
| Art Flight Authority |
13 |
| Towing |
14 |
| Cloud flight authority for sailplane guide |
15 |
| Sprinkles and sprays |
16 |
| Authority for the practical training of private aircraft guides according to § 1 LuftPersV |
17 |
| Eligibility for the practical training of gliders |
18 |
| Qualification for the practical training of outdoor swimming pools |
19 |
| Eligibility for practical training of airship guides |
20 |
| Different training, familiarisation |
21 |
| entry into force |
22 |
| Assets |
| Appendix 1A |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the licence for private aircraft drivers, |
| Appendix 1B |
Curriculum for practical training on the acquisition of the licence for private aircraft drivers, |
| Appendix 1C |
Theoretical examination of the acquisition of the licence for private aircraft drivers, |
| Appendix 1D |
Practical examination of the purchase of the licence for private aircraft drivers, |
| Appendix 2A |
Curriculum for practical instruction on the acquisition of class authorization for motor-motor sailers, |
| Appendix 2B |
Practical test for the acquisition of class authorization for motor sailors, |
| Appendix 3A |
Curriculum for practical instruction on the acquisition of class authorization for single-engine agricultural aircraft with a maximum-flying mass of more than 750 kilograms (maximum), |
| Appendix 3B |
Practical test for the acquisition of class authorization for single-engine agricultural aircraft with a maximum-mass-mass of more than 750 kilograms, |
| Appendix 4A |
Curriculum for the supplementary theoretical training for the acquisition of the private pilot licence (aircraft) according to JAR-FCL 1 German, |
| Appendix 4B |
Curriculum for the complementary practical training for the acquisition of the private pilot licence (aircraft) according to JAR-FCL 1 German, |
| Annex 5A |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the licence for gliders, |
| Appendix 5B |
Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of the licence for gliders, |
| Appendix 5C |
Theoretical examination for the acquisition of the licence for glider drivers, |
| Appendix 5D |
Practical test for the purchase of the licence for glider drivers, |
| Appendix 6A |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of class authorization for motor sailors for holders of the licence for gliders, |
| Appendix 6B |
Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of class authorization for motor sailors for holders of the licence for gliders, |
| Appendix 6C |
Theoretical examination for the acquisition of class authorization for motor sailer for holders of the licence for glider drivers, |
| Appendix 7A |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the licence for outdoor swimming pools, |
| Appendix 7B |
Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of the licence for outdoor swimming pools, |
| Appendix 7C |
Theoretical examination for the acquisition of the licence for outdoor swimming pools, |
| Appendix 7D |
Practical examination for the purchase of the licence for outdoor swimming pools, |
| Appendix 8A |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the licence for airship guides, |
| Appendix 8B |
Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of the licence for airship guides |
| Appendix 8C |
Theoretical examination of the acquisition of the licence for airship guides, |
| Appendix 8D |
Practical test for the purchase of the licence for airship guides, |
| Appendix 9A |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the licence for flight technicians on helicopters in federal and state police, |
| Appendix 9B |
Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of the licence for aircraft technicians on helicopters in federal and state police, |
| Appendix 9C |
Theoretical examination of the acquisition of the licence for aircraft technicians on helicopters in the federal and state police forces, |
| Appendix 9D |
Practical test to acquire the licence for aircraft technicians on helicopters with the police officers of the federal and state governments, |
| Appendix 10A |
Curriculum for practical training on the acquisition of aerobatic art, |
| Appendix 10B |
Practical examination of the acquisition of the art flight authorization, |
| Appendix 11 |
Curriculum for practical instruction on the acquisition of towing rights, |
| Annex 12A |
Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of skyline authority for gliders, |
| Appendix 12B |
Practical test for the acquisition of cloud flight authority for gliders, |
| Appendix 13A |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of scattering and spraying rights, |
| Appendix 13B |
Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of street and spray authorization, |
| Appendix 13C |
Theoretical examination to acquire the right to stay and spray, |
| Appendix 13D |
Practical test to acquire the right to stretch and spray, |
| Appendix 14A |
Theoretical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft guides, |
| Appendix 14B |
Practical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft guides, |
| Appendix 14C |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft leaders, |
| Appendix 14D |
Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft leaders, |
| Asset 14E |
Theoretical examination of the acquisition of the entitlement to the practical training of private aircraft drivers, |
| Appendix 14F |
Practical examination of the acquisition of the entitlement to the practical training of private aircraft drivers, |
| Appendix 15A |
Theoretical selection test for the acquisition of the right to practical training of glider pilots, |
| Appendix 15B |
Practical selection test for the acquisition of the right to practical training of glider pilots, |
| Appendix 15C |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of gliders, |
| Appendix 15D |
Curriculum for practical training to acquire the right to practical training of gliders, |
| Annex 15E |
Theoretical examination of the acquisition of the entitlement to the practical training of gliders, |
| Appendix 15F |
Practical examination of the acquisition of the entitlement to the practical training of gliders, |
| Appendix 16A |
Theoretical selection examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of open-air-pool guides, |
| Appendix 16B |
Practical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pool guides |
| Appendix 16C |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pools, |
| Appendix 16D |
Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pools, |
| Annex 16E |
Theoretical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pools, |
| Appendix 16F |
Practical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pools, |
| Appendix 17A |
Theoretical selection examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides, |
| Annex 17B |
Practical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides, |
| Appendix 17C |
Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides, |
| Annex 17D |
Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides, |
| Appendix 17E |
Theoretical examination of the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides, |
| Appendix 17F |
Practical test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides. |
First section
General provisions
Unofficial table of contents
§ 1 Scope
This Regulation lays down detailed rules for the requirements laid down in the Air PersV Regulation pursuant to Section 32 (1) (4) and (5) of the Aviation Act on licensing and acquisition of allowances.
Second section
Training and examination
Unofficial table of contents
§ 2 Purpose of training
The purpose of the training shall be to provide aeronautical personnel with the knowledge and skills necessary for the safety of air traffic and public safety or order. A special form of training is also the instruction required for the acquisition of a licence or authorization.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 3 TäuschungsAttempt, resignation from the examination
(1) If the applicant undertakes an attempt to deceive, he shall be excluded from further participation in the examination with immediate effect, and the examination shall be deemed to have not been passed. (2) If the applicant returns after the examination, the following shall apply: Validation as not passed. Something else applies only if the applicant does not take the examination or part of the examination by means of a disease or any other circumstances which are not due to the applicant. The applicant must demonstrate the prevention without delay by submitting a medical certificate or a certificate.
Third Section
Licenses and permissions for air drivers
Unofficial table of contents
§ 4 Private aircraft guide
(to § 1 LuftPersV)
(1) In the theoretical training, the knowledge according to Appendix 1A must be given. (2) In flight training, the exercises set out in Appendix 1B shall be carried out. (3) The theoretical test shall be carried out in accordance with Annex 1C. (4) The applicant shall have to demonstrate in a practical test, in accordance with Annex 1D, that it possesses the necessary capabilities for the management of aircraft.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 5 Class authority for motor sailer
(to § 3a LuftPersV)
(1) The training shall be carried out in accordance with the procedures laid down in Annex 2A. (2) In a practical test according to Appendix 2B, the applicant shall demonstrate that he possesses the skills necessary to guide motor-motor sewers.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 6 Class authority for single-engine agricultural aircraft with a piston engine with a maximum mass of more than 750 kilograms
(to § 3b LuftPersV)
(1) The training shall be carried out in accordance with the instructions given in Appendix 3A. (2) In a practical test according to Appendix 3B, the applicant shall demonstrate that he/she is responsible for the guidance of single-engine landing aircraft with a piston engine with a The maximum flying mass of more than 750 kilograms has the necessary capabilities.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 7 Acquisition of the private pilot licence (aircraft) according to JAR-FCL 1 German
(to § 5 LuftPersV)
(1) In the theoretical training, the knowledge according to Appendix 4A must be given. (2) The exercises set out in Appendix 4B are to be carried out in flight training. (3) The theoretical test is to be carried out in accordance with JAR-FCL 1.130 German. (4) The Applicants must have a practical test according to JAR-FCL 1.135 in German.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 8 Sailing aircraft guide
(to § 36 LuftPersV)
(1) In the theoretical training, the knowledge is to be given in accordance with Annex 5A. (2) The exercises set out in Appendix 5B shall be carried out in flight training. (3) The theoretical test shall be carried out in accordance with Annex 5C. (4) The applicant shall have: to demonstrate in a practical test, in accordance with Annex 5D, that it possesses the necessary capabilities for the guidance of gliders.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 9 Class authority for motor sailer for holders of the licence for glider drivers
(to § 40a LuftPersV)
(1) In the theoretical training, knowledge is to be provided in accordance with Appendix 6A. (2) In flight training, the exercises set out in Appendix 6B shall be carried out. (3) The theoretical test shall be carried out in accordance with Annex 6C. (4) The applicant shall have: a practical test in accordance with Annex 2B, to demonstrate that it possesses the necessary skills to guide motor-motor seers.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 10 Fribourg guide
(to § 46 LuftPersV)
(1) The theoretical training shall be carried out in accordance with Annex 7A. (2) In practical training, the exercises set out in Annex 7B shall be carried out. (3) The theoretical test shall be carried out in accordance with Annex 7C. (4) The theoretical test shall be carried out in accordance with Annex 7A. In a practical test according to Appendix 7D, applicants must prove that they possess the necessary skills to guide the open-air zones.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 11 Airship Guide
(to § 50 LuftPersV)
(1) In the theoretical training, the knowledge according to Appendix 8A must be given. (2) In flight training, the exercises defined in Annex 8B shall be carried out. (3) The theoretical test shall be carried out in accordance with Annex 8C. (4) The applicant shall have: to demonstrate in a practical test, in accordance with Annex 8D, that it possesses the necessary capabilities to guide airships. (5) The acquisition of a model authorization for air carriers requires the acquisition of additional knowledge and training; on the airship pattern. The training must, with the agreement of the competent authority, supplement the contents of Annexes 8A and 8B in a pattern-specific way.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 12 Flight technicians on helicopters at the police officers of the federal and state governments
(to § 62 LuftPersV)
(1) The training of aircraft technicians on helicopters in federal and state police is carried out at a training facility for flight training approved by the Federal Aviation Office, which has permission to do so. (2) In the theoretical Training shall be provided in accordance with Annex 9A. (3) In practical training and technical training, the exercises set out in Annex 9B shall be carried out. (4) The theoretical test shall be carried out in accordance with Annex 9C. (5) The applicant shall demonstrate in a practical test, in accordance with Annex 9D, that: he has the skills necessary for a flight technician on helicopters at the federal and state police.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 13 Art Flight Authority
(to § 81 LuftPersV)
(1) In flight training, the exercises set out in Annex 10A shall be carried out. (2) The applicant for an art flight has to prove, in a practical test according to Appendix 10B, that he is required to carry out the art flights. Abilities.
Unofficial table of contents
Section 14
(to § 84 LuftPersV)
The flights prescribed in accordance with Section 84 (2) and (3) of the AirPersV shall be carried out in accordance with Appendix 11.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 15 Cloud flight authority for gliders
(to § 85 LuftPersV)
(1) The instrument flight exercises set out in Appendix 12A shall be carried out for the acquisition of the Cloud Flight Authority for Sailing Aircraft Guides. (2) In the practical test, the applicant shall demonstrate, in accordance with Annex 12B, that he/she is responsible for the implementation of the Cloud flights must have the necessary skills.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 16 Streu-and spray authorization
(to § 86 LuftPersV)
(1) In the theoretical training, the knowledge according to Appendix 13A must be given. (2) In flight training, the specified exercises are to be carried out in accordance with Annex 13B. (3) The applicant for the acquisition of a sprinkled and spray authorization has the following: (4) In a practical test according to Appendix 13D, the applicant has to demonstrate that he possesses the necessary skills to carry out stray and spray flights.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 17 Authorization to the practical training of private aircraft guides in accordance with § 1 LuftPersV
(to § 88a LuftPersV)
(1) The selection test according to § 88a (1) no. 3 LuftPersV consists of a theoretical test according to Appendix 14A and a practical test according to Appendix 14B. (2) In the officially recognized training course according to § 88a (1) no. 4 LuftPersV are the theoretical knowledge according to Appendix 14C and the practical skills required under Annex 14D. (3) The applicant for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft guides has in a theoretical test according to annex To prove that he has the knowledge required to train private pilots (4) In a practical examination in accordance with Annex 14F, the applicant has to prove that he possesses the skills required to train private pilots.
Unofficial table of contents
Section 18 Authorization of the practical training of gliders
(to § 89 LuftPersV)
(1) The selection test according to § 89 (1) no. 3 LuftPersV consists of a theoretical test according to Appendix 15A and a practical test according to Appendix 15B. (2) In the officially recognized training course according to § 89 (1) no. 4 LuftPersV, the (3) The applicant for the acquisition of the entitlement to the practical training of glider pilots has a theoretical test in accordance with the requirements of the Annex It is necessary to demonstrate that it is necessary to provide the necessary training for the training of glider pilots (4) In a practical test according to Appendix 15F, the applicant has to prove that he possesses the skills required to train gliders.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 19 Authorization to the practical training of outdoor swimming pools
(to § 94 LuftPersV)
(1) The selection test according to § 94 (1) no. 3 LuftPersV consists of a theoretical test according to Appendix 16A and a practical test according to Appendix 16B. (2) In the officially recognized training course according to § 94 (1) no. 4 LuftPersV, the theoretical knowledge according to Appendix 16C and the practical skills according to Appendix 16D. (3) The applicant for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pool guides has in a theoretical test according to Appendix 16E to demonstrate that they have the knowledge necessary to train open-air operators (4) In a practical examination according to Annex 16F, the applicant has to prove that he possesses the necessary skills to train open-air-pool drivers.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 20 Authorization of practical training of airship guides
(to § 95 LuftPersV)
(1) The selection test in accordance with § 95 (1) no. 3 LuftPersV consists of a theoretical test according to Appendix 17A and a practical test according to Appendix 17B. (2) In the officially recognized training course according to § 95 (1) no. 4 LuftPersV, the theoretical knowledge according to Appendix 17C and the practical skills according to Appendix 17D. (3) The applicant for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides has in a theoretical test according to Appendix 17E to demonstrate that he has the knowledge required to train aeronautic guides (4) In a practical test in accordance with Annex 17F, the applicant has to prove that he possesses the skills required to train aeronautic guides.
Unofficial table of contents
§ 21 Differing training, familiarisation
(1) The provisions of Appendix 1M shall be 1 M for the change to another aircraft or motor segment series or other aircraft or motor segment model within the same class entitlement. DV LuftPersV shall apply mutasensitily. The difference training is to be carried out by a suitably qualified lecturer and to be confirmed by signature in the flight book. (2) Insofar as an aeroplane or a motor-motor sailer with regard to its type, its design, the maximum permissible take-off weight or its flight characteristics is different from a previously guided aircraft or motor segment model, the aircraft driver has to familiarized himself with its characteristics independently.
Unofficial table of contents
Section 22 Entry into force
This Regulation shall enter into force on the day following the date of delivery.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 1A The theoretical training curriculum for the acquisition of the licence for private aircraft drivers
(on § 4)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 9-26 LUFTRECHT
Legal basis
-
-
-
Air Traffic Act (LuftVG)
-
-
-
Air Security Act (LuftSiG)
-
-
-
Air Transport-Admission Order (LuftVZO)
-
-
-
Air traffic order (LuftVO)
-
-
-
Regulation for the testing of aeronautical equipment (LuftGerPV)
-
-
-
Aviation staff regulation (Air PersV)
-
-
-
Implementing Regulations to the Air PersV
-
-
-
Operating Regulations for Aeronautical Equipment (LuftBO)
-
-
-
Implementing Regulations to the Air BO
-
-
-
other laws and regulations, insofar as they are relevant to the private aircraft leader.
National and international organisations of aeronautics
-
-
-
Federal Ministry of Transport, Building and Urban Development (BMVBS)
-
-
-
Aviation-Federal Office (LBA)
-
-
-
Federal Agency for Air-Accident Investigation (BFU)
-
-
-
Aviation authorities of the countries
-
-
-
Deutsche Flugsicherung GmbH (DFS)
-
-
-
German Weather Service (DWD)
-
-
-
ICAO
-
−
-
Responsibilities and tasks
-
-
-
JAA
-
−
-
Responsibilities and tasks
-
-
-
EASA
-
−
-
Responsibilities and tasks
Publications for air drivers
-
-
-
Aeronautic manual AIP
-
-
-
AIP VFR
-
-
-
Breakdown and use
-
-
-
VFR bulletin
-
-
-
News for Air Drivers Part I and II (NfL I and NfL II)
-
-
-
NOTAM
-
-
-
Aviation Cards ICAO
Airports
-
-
-
Types of aerodros
-
-
-
Flight space constraints
-
-
-
External start and landing
-
-
-
Emergency landing
-
-
-
Security landing
Aircraft
-
-
-
Types
-
-
-
Authorisations
-
-
-
Checks
-
-
-
Airworthiness instructions
-
-
-
Equipment subject to authorisation
Aviation staff
-
-
-
Training
-
-
-
License
-
-
-
Grant
-
-
-
Enlargement
-
-
-
Extension
-
-
-
Renewal
-
-
-
Revocation, revocation and limitation
-
-
-
Exercise of rights
-
-
-
Permissions
Participation in air transport
-
-
-
Obligations of participants in air transport
-
-
-
General rules
-
-
-
View flight rules
-
-
-
Airspace classification
-
-
-
Air navigation rules
-
-
-
Aircraft equipment
-
-
-
general flight operating rules
-
-
-
Avoidance of unnecessary aircraft noise
Air Service
-
-
-
Legislation of the mobile radio service
-
-
-
Authorisation and approval of radio equipment
-
-
-
Radio-speaking procedures
-
-
-
Emergency and emergency transport
-
-
-
Regulation on air traffic control equipment for aircraft
Operation of the voice radio traffic
For flights to and from an airfield with air traffic control, either in German (BZF II) or in German and English (BZF I) using the spoken phrases, expressions, procedures, abbreviations , including emergency and emergency procedures
Liability of the aircraft driver and the insurance obligation of the aircraft holder
Offences, administrative offences
NAVIGATION
Shape of the Earth
-
-
-
Form
-
-
-
Earth Axis, Pole
-
-
-
Dimensions
-
-
-
Movement
Card customer
-
-
-
Meridians, parallel parallel
-
-
-
Large circles, small circles, share price
-
-
-
Hemisphere, North/South, East/West
-
-
-
topographic aeronautical maps
-
-
-
Projections and their properties
-
-
-
Angle fidelity
-
-
-
Surface remorse (equivalency)
-
-
-
Scale
Conformal cutting cone projection (ICAO map 1:500.000)
-
-
-
Main properties
-
-
-
Structure
-
-
-
Meridian Convergence
-
-
-
Representation of meridians, parallel lines, large circles and the same course
-
-
-
Scale, Standard Parallel
-
-
-
pictorial representation of height above ground
Time calculation
-
-
-
Relationship between Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and Medium Local Time (LMT)
-
-
-
Definition of sunrise and sunset times
Reference Direction
-
-
-
right-pointing North (True North)
-
-
-
Earth's magnetic field, misstatement-annual change
-
-
-
mislead North (Mag North), variation
-
-
-
vertical and horizontal components
-
-
-
Isogones, Null Isogons (Agone)
-
-
-
Magnetism of the aircraft
-
−
-
magnetic influences on the aircraft
-
−
-
Compass Deflection (Deviation)
-
−
-
curves, acceleration error
-
−
-
Avoidance of magnetic interference of the compass
Distances
-
-
-
Devices
-
-
-
Distance measurement as a function of the map projection
Aeronautical maps in practical navigation
-
-
-
Recording locations
-
-
-
Width and length
-
-
-
Bearing and removal
-
-
-
Use of an angle meter
-
-
-
Measurement of courses above ground (track) and distances
Map symbolism/use of navigation maps
-
-
-
Map Validation
-
-
-
Topography
-
-
-
Terrain shape (relief)
-
−
-
artificial terrain characteristics
-
−
-
unchanging characteristics (e.g. B. Length-or point-like, one-time or special features)
-
−
-
variable characteristics (e.g. B. Water)
-
-
-
Map Preparation
-
-
-
Folding the map
-
-
-
Procedure for reading the map
-
-
-
Orientation based on the map
-
-
-
Characteristics of control points
-
-
-
Expected appearance of checkpoints
-
-
-
with permanent visual contact
-
-
-
without permanent visual contact
-
-
-
in the case of an unsafe position (catch lines)
-
-
-
Air symbols
-
-
-
Air travel information
-
-
-
Conversion of units
Basics of navigation
-
-
-
Displayed, corrected and true speed (IAS, CAS and TAS)
-
-
-
Course on the ground, right-wing and miserable course
-
-
-
Wind, influence on tax rate and speed above ground
-
-
-
Winddreieck
-
-
-
Calculation of control course and speed above ground
-
-
-
Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
-
-
-
coupling navigation, location, fixed location
Navigation Calculator
-
-
-
Use of a mechanical or electronic navigational computer and, where appropriate, the use of surcharge calculations for the determination of the following quantities:
-
−
-
true flight speed (TAS), time and distance
-
−
-
Conversion of units
-
−
-
fuel quantity required
-
−
-
Pressure, density and true height
-
−
-
Flight time and estimated time of arrival
-
−
-
Wind triangular tasks
-
−
-
Abrift and Luvwinkel, application of TAS and wind speed to the course on the ground
-
−
-
Tax rate and speed above ground
Flight planning
-
-
-
Selection of map material
-
-
-
Weather forecasts and reports for the flight route and the airfield
-
-
-
Assessment of the weather situation
-
-
-
Drawing of the flight path
-
-
-
Consideration of controlled air spaces airspace restrictions, danger areas etc.
-
-
-
Use of AIP and NOTAMS
-
-
-
Connections to the air traffic control centre in controlled airspace
-
-
-
Fuel calculation
-
-
-
Safety minimum heights for the flight route
-
-
-
Alternate aerodrome
-
-
-
Telecommunications and radio/navigation frequencies
-
-
-
UKW bearing (VDF-Peiler, QDM, QDR)
-
-
-
VOR-bearing, position determination
-
-
-
Transponder and Radar
-
-
-
Satellite Navigation (GPS)
-
-
-
Creation of a flight implementation plan
-
-
-
Creation of an ATC flight plan
-
-
-
Selection of reporting points, time and distance markers
-
-
-
Calculations of mass and center of gravity
-
-
-
Calculations of mass and flight performance
Practical Navigation
-
-
-
Compass control, use of the Deviation table
-
-
-
Organization of work load occurring during the flight
-
-
-
Departure Procedure
-
-
-
Entry into the flight implementation plan
-
-
-
Height adjustment
-
-
-
Determination of TAS and speed above ground (GS)
-
-
-
Compliance with tax rates and flight altitude
-
-
-
Implementation of the visual navigation
-
-
-
Location Determination
-
-
-
Determination of control points
-
-
-
Corrections of control course
-
-
-
Approach
-
-
-
Connection to the air traffic control centre
-
-
-
Entry into the flight implementation plan and the aircraft order book
METEOROLOGY
The atmosphere
-
-
-
Composition and composition
-
-
-
Special features of the troposphere
-
-
-
ICAO Default Mosphere
-
-
-
atmospheric pressure
-
-
-
vertical layering
Pressure, density and temperature
-
-
-
Air pressure, air pressure measurement, isable
-
-
-
Change of pressure, density and temperature with height
-
-
-
Terms from the height measurement
-
-
-
Radiation processes, temperature
-
-
-
Temperature of the day
-
-
-
Stability and Lability
-
-
-
Effect of radiation and advection processes
Air humidity and precipitation
-
-
-
Water vapour in the atmosphere
-
-
-
Humidity
-
-
-
Dew Point, Spread
-
-
-
relative, absolute and specific humidity
-
-
-
Vapour pressure
-
-
-
Condensation, sublimation, evaporation
-
-
-
Precipitation
-
-
-
Formation of precipitation
-
-
-
Rainfall species
Air pressure and wind
-
-
-
High-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Air movement
-
-
-
Pressure gradient (Buys-Ballot's law),
-
-
-
Coriolis force, friction (ground wind and geostrophic wind)
-
-
-
vertical and horizontal air movement, convergence, divergence
-
-
-
local wind systems (Föhn, Berg-/Talwind, Land-/Seewind, guided wind)
-
-
-
Turbulence and Böge
-
-
-
Influence of wind and wind shelling at start and landing
Cloud Education
-
-
-
Cooling and heating by advection, radiation and adiabatic processes
-
-
-
Cloud classification, Wolkenstockwerke
-
-
-
convective clouds (cumulus clouds)
-
-
-
Stratiform clouds (shift clouds)
-
-
-
Orographically induced clouds
-
-
-
Flight conditions in stratiform and convective clouds
Fog, damp haze and dry haze
-
-
-
Radiation mist, advection mist, mist of mixing, freezing fog
-
-
-
Formation and dissolution of fog
-
-
-
reduced visibility through damp haze, rain or spray, snow, smoke, dust and sand
-
-
-
Assessment of the probability of the occurrence of reduced visibility
-
-
-
Driving on flights with low horizontal and vertical views
Air masses, high-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Properties of air masses and influencing variables
-
-
-
Division of air masses, development areas
-
-
-
Transformation (change) of air masses during their relocation
-
-
-
Development of high-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Weather events related to high-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Deep-pressure gutter, altitude rog (formation and weather events)
Fronts
-
-
-
Formation of fronts and air mass limits
-
-
-
Warmfront
-
-
-
Formation of a hot front
-
-
-
related clouds and weather events
-
-
-
Weather conditions in the hot sector
-
-
-
Cold front
-
-
-
Emergence of a cold front
-
-
-
related clouds and weather events
-
-
-
Reverse Weather
-
-
-
Occlusion
-
-
-
Formation of an occlusion
-
-
-
related clouds and weather events
-
-
-
stationary fronts
-
-
-
related clouds and weather events
Icing
-
-
-
Causes and conditions for icing
-
-
-
Formation and impact of predators, ice-cream, clear ice
-
-
-
Effects of icing on the flight performance
-
-
-
Icing of the drive system, gasifier/propeller icing
-
-
-
Fliegerische Measures for the prevention of icing
Thunderstorm
-
-
-
Weathering
-
-
-
Air mass thunderstorms, front thunderstorms, orographically induced thunderstorms
-
-
-
Requirements
-
-
-
Development Process
-
-
-
Recognition of favourable conditions for the development of thunderstorms
-
-
-
Hazards for aircraft
-
-
-
Effects of flashes, hail and severe turbulence
-
-
-
Avoidance of flights in the vicinity of thunderstorms
Flights over mountainous terrain
-
-
-
Influence of the terrain on atmospheric processes
-
-
-
Formation of Leeshafts
-
-
-
local wind systems, up and down winch, rotors
-
-
-
Hazards
Climatology
-
-
-
general seasonal circulation in the troposphere over Europe
-
-
-
Seasonal local weather conditions and wind conditions
Height measurement
-
-
-
Importance of pressure settings for air transport
-
-
-
Pressure level, density level
-
-
-
Height above ground, altitude above sea level, airfields
-
-
-
ICAO Default Mosphere
-
-
-
QNH, QFE, QFF, QNE (default settings)
-
-
-
Transition height, transition layer and transition surface
Organisation of meteorological security of air traffic
-
-
-
Flight weather forecast and consulting-LBZ consultation
-
-
-
Flying Weather-FWW-Briefing and Documentation
-
-
-
Flying weather station (observation)
-
-
-
Availability of periodic weather forecasts
Weather Analysis and Forecast
-
-
-
Weather maps, symbols, signs
-
-
-
Maps to predict significant flight weather conditions (Significant weather charts)
-
-
-
Forecasting cards for general aviation
Weather information for flight preparation
-
-
-
Reports and forecasts for start, travel flight, destination and alternative airfields (TAF, GAFOR and others), evaluation of regular flight weather reports (METAR) and warnings (SIGMET, AIRMET and others)
-
-
-
Weather information about Selfbriefingsysteme
-
-
-
Flight weather consulting
Weather radio broadcasts for aviation
-
-
-
VOLMET, ATIS
AERODYNAMICS
Flow around a body, subsonic area
-
-
-
Air resistance and air density
-
-
-
Boundary layer
-
-
-
Friction resistance
-
-
-
Bernoullic equation, Venturi effect
-
-
-
Flow around a flat plate
Two-dimensional flow of the wing profile
-
-
-
Geometric characteristics of the wing profile
-
-
-
Flow around a curved wing profile, pressure distribution on the profile
-
-
-
Laminar and turbulent flow, handling and release point
-
-
-
Emergence of lift and profile resistance
-
-
-
Relationship between buoyance value, resistance value and angle of attack
Three-dimensional circulation of a wing
-
-
-
Wing basins and profile shapes
-
-
-
Total resistance
-
-
-
induced resistance
-
-
-
Wind angle, whirling resistance, soil effect
-
-
-
Wing
-
-
-
Harmful resistance
-
-
-
Interference resistance and residual resistance
-
-
-
Distribution of the lift on the wing
-
-
-
Ratio of buoyance/resistance, (Lilienthalpolar)
Force distribution on the aircraft
-
-
-
Acting forces and balance of forces
-
-
-
Lift force and weight
-
-
-
Thrust and air resistance
-
-
-
Stationary flight conditions (horizontal, steep, gliding and cornering)
Control Assets
-
-
-
the three main axes
-
-
-
Nodding around the transverse axis
-
-
-
Rolling around the longitudinal axis
-
-
-
Yaw around the vertical axis
-
-
-
Effect of the height, lateral rudder and transverse rudder
-
-
-
Control during nick, roll and yaw movements
-
-
-
Mutual coupling of the rolling and gating (yaw rolling moment, rolling moment torque)
-
-
-
Side gliding flight and side wind control technology for landing
-
-
-
Aerodynamic compensation and mass compensation of control surfaces
Trimming Control
-
-
-
Trimmruder, compensatory ruder and counterbalancing ruder
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
Operation
Landing flaps and forewings
-
-
-
Bulking, spreading, gap and Fowler flaps
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
operational use
-
-
-
Front wings, flaps at the front edge of the wing
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
normal/automatic operation
Stability
-
-
-
Definitions of static and dynamic stability
-
-
-
Longitudinal stability
-
-
-
Influence of the center of gravity on the longitudinal stability and the longitudinal adjustability
-
-
-
Lateral stability (transverse and directional stability)
-
-
-
(Mutual coupling of the transverse and directional stability via the pushing, spool torque)
Flow Plan
-
-
-
critical angle of attack
-
-
-
Disturbance of the smooth flow
-
-
-
Reduction of lift, increase in air resistance
-
-
-
Offset of the print point
-
-
-
Signs of incipient flow demoliation
-
-
-
Behaviour of the aircraft in the event of flow demolishment
-
-
-
Influence factors on the tear-off speed and the behaviour of the aircraft in the event of flow demolitions
-
-
-
Flow demoliation at horizontal, steep, sinking and cornering
-
-
-
Possibilities of overdraft warnings and overdraft warning systems
-
-
-
End of excessive flight condition
Avoiding turkeys
-
-
-
Flow demoliation at the wing tips
-
-
-
One-sided flow demoliation on the wing
-
-
-
Emergence of a rolling movement
-
-
-
Recognition of incipient turnols
-
-
-
Stationary turkeys
-
-
-
Influence of inner and outer sliding
-
-
-
Steeple and flat tobogganing
-
-
-
Influence of the focal point,
-
-
-
Flow conditions at the side and height control, shielding
-
-
-
End Trudeling
Load multiple and intercept maneuvers
-
-
-
Strength considerations
-
-
-
V-n diagrams for gusts and interception loads
-
-
-
Load limits, with and without landing flaps
-
-
-
Change of load multiple times during cornering and interception
-
-
-
maximum maneuverable speed for full rudder output
-
-
-
Precautions during flight
Loads on the ground
-
-
-
Lateral loads on the landing gear
-
-
-
Landing
-
-
-
Roll, Precautions for direction changes
GENERAL AERONAUTICS, TECHNOLOGY
Structure of the cell
-
-
-
Components
-
-
-
Fuselage, wing, tail
-
-
-
Height, transverse and side control
-
-
-
Trimmanlage and landing flaps/forewings
-
-
-
Chassis
-
-
-
Sport wheel, including control
-
-
-
Bugrad, including control
-
-
-
Tyres, condition of tyres
-
-
-
Braking systems and special features for use
Load of the cell
-
-
-
static strength
-
-
-
Load multiple
-
-
-
Security factor
-
-
-
Pre-flight control
-
-
-
Locking of the control elements
-
-
-
Precautions on the ground and during the flight
Engine
-
-
-
Fundamentals of the 4-stroke internal combustion engine (gasoline and diesel engines)
-
-
-
Causes of early ignition and knock
-
-
-
Power output as a function of speed (rpm)
-
-
-
Engine cooling
-
-
-
Air cooling
-
-
-
Water/liquid cooling
-
-
-
Cylinder head temperature display
-
-
-
Motor Lubrication
-
-
-
Tasks and types of lubrication
-
-
-
Lubricant systems
-
-
-
Oil distribution
-
-
-
Requirements for oil pump and oil filter
-
-
-
Oil varieties and qualities
-
-
-
Monitoring of oil temperature and oil pressure
-
-
-
Fault detection in the lubricant system
Ignition systems
-
-
-
Fundamentals of the Magnet Ündung
-
-
-
Structure and functioning
-
-
-
Purpose and mode of operation of the snap coupling of an ignition magnet
-
-
-
scans, error detection
-
-
-
Operational procedures for the prevention of spark plug pollution
Education
-
-
-
Basics of the swimmer gasifier
-
-
-
Structure and functioning
-
-
-
Procedure for the maintenance of the right mixture ratio
-
-
-
Impact of flight altitude
-
-
-
Manual mixture control
-
-
-
Maintaining the right mix ratio
-
-
-
Limited use in the full-load range
-
-
-
Avoiding knock
-
-
-
Fuel shut-off valve
-
-
-
Operation and operation of the mixture control system
-
-
-
Soft and intake air system
-
-
-
Gasification of the gasification, use of the preheating of the gasification
-
-
-
Injection systems, basics and working methods
Fuel
-
-
-
Fuel Classification
-
-
-
Varieties and colour marking
-
-
-
Quality requirements
-
-
-
Testing for contamination
-
-
-
Use of fuel filters and waste
-
-
-
Fuel systems
-
-
-
Fuel tanks and fuel lines
-
-
-
Ventilation system
-
-
-
Mechanical and electrical pumps
-
-
-
Heavy-power production
-
-
-
Tank Selection
Propeller
-
-
-
Technical expressions
-
-
-
Conversion of engine power into thrust
-
-
-
Design and construction of fixed propellers
-
-
-
Force exerted on the propeller blades
-
-
-
Dependence between speed and flight speed
-
-
-
Efficiency as a function of speed
-
-
-
Design and construction of adjusting propellers
-
-
-
Constant Speed Propeller (constant speed propeller)
-
-
-
Effect of changes in leaf adjustment angle
-
-
-
Influence of the flight speed on the propeller speed (wind milling)
Engine operation
-
-
-
Starting procedures and precautions
-
-
-
Error detection
-
-
-
Hot-running, testing of engines and systems
-
-
-
Operating limits for oil temperature and oil pressure
-
-
-
Operating limits for the cylinder head temperature
-
-
-
Verification of the ignition system and other systems
-
-
-
Power limits
-
-
-
Avoidance of fast performance changes
-
-
-
Operation of the mixture control system
Electrical equipment
-
-
-
Installation and operation of AC and DC generators
-
-
-
DC power supply
-
-
-
Batteries, storage capacity and charging
-
-
-
Voltmeter and Amperemeter
-
-
-
Backup machines and fuses
-
-
-
electrically powered on-board systems and instruments
-
-
-
Error detection
-
-
-
Malfunction Procedure
Vacuum system
-
-
-
Devices
-
-
-
Pumps
-
-
-
Filter Asset
-
-
-
Error detection
-
-
-
Pneumatically operated instruments
-
-
-
Malfunction Procedure
Onboard instruments
-
-
-
Pitot pipe, functional principle
-
-
-
Pitot pipe, foundations and construction
-
-
-
Static pressure acceptance point
-
-
-
Alternative sampling point for static pressure
-
-
-
Built-in ehler
-
-
-
Drain openings for moisture (drainage holes)
-
-
-
Heating of the pressure probes
-
-
-
Error by blocking or leaks
Travel knives
-
-
-
Working methods and structure
-
-
-
Ratio between total pressure and static pressure
-
-
-
Definitions of reported, corrected and true flight speed (IAS, CAS, TAS)
-
-
-
Instrument Error
-
-
-
Flight speed information, colour marking
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Altimeter
-
-
-
Working methods and structure
-
-
-
Task of the adjustment scale for the air pressure
-
-
-
Print height
-
-
-
true height
-
-
-
Standard international atmosphere
-
-
-
Flight Area
-
-
-
Display (three-pointer)
-
-
-
Instrument Error
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Variometer
-
-
-
Working methods and structure
-
-
-
Function Principle
-
-
-
EigenDelay
-
-
-
delay-free variometer
-
-
-
Display
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Gyro Instruments
-
-
-
Basics
-
-
-
Room stability
-
-
-
Precession
Turn pointer
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
Effect of the rotation speed (RPM) of the gyro
-
-
-
Display
-
-
-
Rotation speed display limit
-
-
-
Energy supply
-
-
-
Libelle
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Flight Location Indicator (Artificial Horizon)
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
View
-
-
-
Interpretation
-
-
-
Operating limits
-
-
-
Energy supply
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Kursanzeiger (Kurskreisel)
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
Display
-
-
-
Use in connection with the magnetic compass
-
-
-
Setting/Reaction
-
-
-
apparent emigration
-
-
-
Operating limits
-
-
-
Energy supply
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Magnetic compass
-
-
-
Construction and functional principle
-
-
-
Variation and Deviation
-
-
-
Curve and acceleration errors
-
-
-
Precautions for the carrying of magnetic objects
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Engine monitoring instruments
-
-
-
Fundamentals, display and operation of
-
-
-
oil temperature display
-
-
-
oil pressure display
-
-
-
Cylinder head temperature display
-
-
-
Exhaust temperature display
-
-
-
Load display
-
-
-
Fuel Pressure Display
-
-
-
Fuel Flow View
-
-
-
Fuel supply display (s)
-
-
-
Tachometer
Other instruments
-
-
-
Fundamentals, display and operation of
-
-
-
Vacuum meter
-
-
-
Voltmeter and Amperemeter
-
-
-
Warning LEDs
-
-
-
other instruments related to aircraft design
Airworthiness
-
-
-
Valid certificate of airworthiness
-
-
-
Compliance with the provisions
-
-
-
regular maintenance checks
-
-
-
Compliance with the provisions of the flight manual (or equivalent documents)
-
-
-
Compliance with instructions, operating limits, notification signs
-
-
-
Supplements to the flight manual
-
-
-
Provision and retention of documents
-
-
-
technical detection of aircraft, engines and propellers
-
-
-
Recording of defects or defects Failures and technical defects
-
-
-
Maintenance work to be carried out by pilots
Mass and focus
-
-
-
maximum mass
-
-
-
Limits of the center of gravity front and rear, normal and useful operation
-
-
-
Determination of mass and center of gravity
-
-
-
Flughandbuch and Beladeplan
Flight performance
Start
-
-
-
Available starting control distance and available starting distance
-
-
-
Lift and climb
-
-
-
Effects of mass, wind and density
-
-
-
Effects of the condition of the piste and the tendency to be
-
-
-
Use of the landing flaps
Landing
-
-
-
Effects of mass, wind, density height and speed of approach
-
-
-
Use of the landing flaps
-
-
-
Effects of the condition of the piste and the tendency to be
Travel flight
-
-
-
Ratio between power requirement and available performance
-
-
-
Flight Performance Chart
-
-
-
maximum climbing speed and maximum climbing angle
-
-
-
Range and flight duration
-
-
-
Effects of configuration, mass, temperature and flight altitude
-
-
-
Decrease of the flight performance in the case of climb curves
-
-
-
Gliding
-
-
-
unfavourable effects
-
-
-
Icing, Rain
-
-
-
State of the cell
-
-
-
Impact of the flap position
BEHAVIOUR IN SPECIAL CASES
Aircraft
-
-
-
Setting and securing the seats
-
-
-
Shoulder and seat belts
-
-
-
Location and handling of emergency equipment and emergency exits
-
-
-
Fire extinguishers
-
-
-
Measures in the event of a fire on the ground and in the air
-
-
-
Engine fire, fire in the cabin and in the electrical system
-
-
-
Ice prevention
-
-
-
Nodreuming the aircraft
-
-
-
System failures
-
-
-
Carbon monoxide poisoning
-
-
-
Precautions for refuelling
-
-
-
Combustible goods/pressurised containers
Flight Operations
-
-
-
Vortex drains
-
-
-
Aquaplaning
-
-
-
Windshelling
-
-
-
Start
-
-
-
Approach
-
-
-
Landing
-
-
-
Boarding of passengers
-
-
-
Nodreuming the aircraft
-
-
-
Emergency landings
-
-
-
Landing with the landing gear
-
-
-
Emergency water
-
-
-
Failure of brakes and steering
-
-
-
Start break
-
-
-
Engine failure after the start
-
-
-
Cancellation of the landing of the landing/start
-
-
-
Misflight
HUMAN PERFORMANCE
Fundamentals of Physiology
Terms
-
-
-
Composition of the atmosphere
-
-
-
Gas laws
-
-
-
Breathing and bloodstream
Effects of partial pressure
-
-
-
Effect of increasing flight altitude
-
-
-
Gas exchange
-
-
-
Hypoxia (oxygen deficiency)
-
-
-
Symptoms
-
-
-
preventative measures
-
-
-
Cabin Pressure
-
-
-
Effects of rapid pressure drop
-
-
-
Time of Useful Consciousness (TUC)
-
-
-
Use of oxygen masks and emergency descent
-
-
-
Hyperventilation
-
-
-
Symptoms
-
-
-
Avoidance
-
-
-
Effects of accelerations
Vision
-
-
-
Physiology of sight
-
-
-
Limitations of vision
-
-
-
Error
-
-
-
optical illusions
Hearing
-
-
-
Physiology of hearing
-
-
-
Sensory perceptions of the inner ear (vestibular organ)
-
-
-
spatial disorientation
-
-
-
Avoidance of disorientation
-
-
-
Effects of changes in flight altitude
-
-
-
Noise and loss of auditory sines
-
-
-
Hearing protection
-
-
-
Contradictions between acoustical and visual perception
Travel sickness
-
-
-
Causes, symptoms
-
-
-
preventative measures
Fliegerische Fitness
-
-
-
medical requirements
-
-
-
General disorders and their treatment
-
-
-
Colds
-
-
-
Stomach consents
-
-
-
Medicines and side effects
-
-
-
Alcohol, drugs
-
-
-
Fatigue
-
-
-
Pregnancy
-
-
-
personal fitness
-
-
-
Passenger Care
-
-
-
Precautions prior to flight after dives
Risk of poisoning
-
-
-
dangerous goods
-
-
-
Carbon monoxide levy (heating installations, exhaust gases)
Fundamentals of Psychology
The information process
-
-
-
Terms of sensory perception
-
-
-
cognitive perception
-
-
-
Expectation
-
-
-
Anticipation (mental anticipation of action sequences)
-
-
-
Behaviors
The central decision-making path
-
-
-
mental stress, load limits
-
-
-
Sources of information
-
-
-
Stimuli and attention
-
-
-
verbal communication
-
-
-
Memory and memory
-
-
-
Causes of misinterpretations
Stress
-
-
-
Causes and effects
-
-
-
Excitation states
-
-
-
Impact on performance
-
-
-
Detecting and reducing stress
Assessment of the situation and decision-making
-
-
-
Concepts for the assessment of the situation
-
-
-
Vegetable conditions
-
-
-
Behavioral patterns
-
-
-
Risk assessment
-
-
-
Development of situational awareness
-
-
-
typical decision errors
-
-
-
Series (chain) of incorrect decisions
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 1B practical training curriculum for the acquisition of the licence for private aircraft drivers
(on § 4)
Site of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 27-33General The following curriculum is a guideline for the course and the contents of the practical training. The aeroplane used in practical training must be equipped with a double tax and be suitable for training. Since it is not possible to take into account all the pattern-specific characteristics of different types of aircraft, all the exercises shall be carried out in accordance with the procedures described in the Aeroplane Flight Manual of the aircraft used in the training.
In all exercises, the setting and operation of the engine must be monitored.
Unnecessary aircraft noise should be avoided.
All checks shall be carried out on the basis of the clearlists.
Flight training up to the first solo flight
Ground briefing
-
-
-
Declaration of the aircraft design
-
-
-
Construction
-
-
-
Instrumentation
-
-
-
Tax authorities
-
-
-
Clearlists
-
-
-
Operations Guide
-
-
-
Flight clarity of the aircraft, external control
Leave
-
-
-
Pre-flight control according to clear list
-
-
-
Leave according to clear list
Roles
-
-
-
Observation of the rest of the aerodrome traffic
-
-
-
Function checks (Application of the clear list by application)
Controls before the start
-
-
-
Implementation of the checks before the start according to the clear list
-
-
-
Departure briefing
-
-
-
Response to emergency procedures at launch
Start
-
-
-
Observation of the gluing gluing space
-
-
-
Erasers of the aircraft
-
-
-
Wind consideration
-
-
-
Align on the runway
-
-
-
Compass control in the starting direction
-
-
-
Setting the engine power
-
-
-
Rudder actuation during the start operation
-
-
-
Keeping the start direction
-
-
-
Lift at recommended speed
-
-
-
Climbing flight after lifting and crossing to the fixed climb speed
-
-
-
Drawing in of the landing gear and entering the landing flaps
-
-
-
Throttling of the engine power on climb performance while maintaining the fixed speed
-
-
-
Start break
-
-
-
Simulated engine failure after the start
Note: A simulated engine failure after takeoff may only be carried out on training flights with flight instructor.
Climbing flight
-
-
-
Follow course and climb speed
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Set of engines for the best climbing rate or the best climbing angle
-
-
-
Climbing curves on a given course with
-
-
-
15-20 degrees Querneigung
-
-
-
20-30 degrees Querneigung
-
-
-
Transition to horizontal flight
Horizontal and cornering flight
-
-
-
Straight-ahead and horizontal flight
-
-
-
coordinated control of the movements around transverse, longitudinal and vertical axes
-
-
-
Demonstration of static and dynamic stability
-
-
-
Change in engine power in straight-ahead flight and horizontal flight
-
-
-
Increase and reduce flight speed while maintaining altitude and course
-
-
-
Compliance with altitude, course and a predetermined flight speed when the landing flaps and the landing gear are moved out and down
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Hazards
-
-
-
Increase and decrease lift and/or resistance
Slow flight
-
-
-
at V (deep) s + 5 to + 10 kt (overdrawing speed of the aircraft in the respective flight condition + 5 to + 10 kt safety)
-
-
-
in the travel flight condition
-
-
-
Flaps in the starting position
-
-
-
Flaps in the starting position and when the landing gear is extended
-
-
-
Reduced effectiveness of the control organs during slow flight
-
-
-
Compliance with altitude, flight speed and direction as well as correction of the engine power
Curve flight
-
-
-
Curves with 30 degrees and 45 degrees transverse inclination, left and right, 90 degrees, 180 degrees, 360 degrees
-
-
-
Comply
-
-
-
Predetermined flight altitude
-
-
-
safe flight speed while increasing the speed of rotation while paying attention to the load
-
-
-
equal lateral position and rotational speed
-
-
-
Rotation error of the magnetic compass
-
-
-
End on pre-set courses
-
-
-
immediate transition from left to right turn and vice versa.
Exercises based on soil markings
-
-
-
Rectangle above reason
-
-
-
Wind stop angle
-
-
-
Dividing and taking into account the wind displacement
-
-
-
Compliance with the specified flight altitude
-
-
-
two full circles around a reference point
-
-
-
Initiate, Heights and Speed Control, Exit
-
-
-
S-curves over a straight reference line
-
-
-
Balance of wind influence.
Sinking
-
-
-
Initiate
-
-
-
Keeping track of course and sinking speed
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Gasifier preheating
-
-
-
best sinkrate
-
-
-
best glide angle
-
-
-
Sinking flight with and without motor power in straight-ahead and cornering flight
-
-
-
Transfer from the Sink-to the horizontal flight
Slot
... (non-representable graphic,
Reference: BAnz. 2006, Supplement No. 60a, page 29)
-
1
-
Start
-
2
-
Climbing flight to at least 200 ft GND before the first change of direction is carried out on the basis of local specifications
-
3
-
Climbing flight curve up to 20 degrees transverse inclination, 90 degrees-direction change to cross-departure under wind control
-
4
-
Climbing flight up to at least 600 ft GND
-
5
-
At the turning point 90 degrees-curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees transverse inclination to the counter-approach parallel to the start and landing direction
-
6
-
Travel Flight Conditions
-
7
-
Reduce the speed and set the landing flaps into the first position, use the preheating system
-
8
-
Ggf. Driving off the chassis
-
9
-
At the turning point: 90 degree curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees transverse inclination for cross-approach under wind-taking account
-
10
-
Initiate Sinking Flight
-
11
-
At the turning point: 90 degree curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees of transverse inclination to the final flight. Deviations in the order of the exercises 7-11 due to local conditions or the specifics of the airplane pattern are permissible.
-
12
-
Landing control according to clear list
-
13
-
Landing
-
-
-
For rear-wheel aircraft: three-point landings and wheel landings
-
-
-
For Bugradflugwitnesses: Set up with main landing gear
Launch and Landen
-
-
-
Set full engine power
-
-
-
Correction of the flight situation
-
-
-
Reduction of resistances by retraction of landing flaps and landing gear
-
-
-
Climbing flight
-
-
-
Land and subsequent re-start
-
-
-
Trim neutral
-
-
-
Flaps in the starting position
End of flight
-
-
-
Rolling back to the storage place
-
-
-
Control after landing (application of the clear list for the purpose of application)
-
-
-
Depositions of the engine according to the clear list
-
-
-
Securing the aircraft according to clear list
Special flight conditions
The flight altitude should be at least 3,000 feet above ground.
-
-
-
Pull over and straight-out with the side ruder up to tipping with and without motor power with a minimum of height loss at
-
-
-
Aircraft in travel flight condition
-
-
-
Airplane with landing flaps in approach position
-
-
-
Airplane with landing flaps in approach position and extended landing gear
-
-
-
Timely detection and termination of the tipping and preventing further development of the turkey
-
-
-
Flight exercises in the area of overdraft in
-
-
-
Climbing curves with 10-30 degrees transverse inclination and landing flaps in the starting position (simulated start) up to the first signs of the flow demolition and/or the first signs of the flow rate. the triggering of the overdraft warning system
-
−
-
End the exercise without losing or losing height
-
-
-
Falling flight curves with 10-30 degrees transverse inclination, landing flaps in approach position and landing gear extended (simulated approach) up to the first signs of flow demolition and/or the triggering of the overdraft warning system
-
−
-
End the exercise without tilting or increasing the sinkrate
-
−
-
Erasers from cross-country slopes of at least 45 degrees and from steep/sinking locations
-
-
-
Boundary flight conditions in the upper speed range
-
−
-
Detection and termination of incipient spiral-storm flights
-
-
-
Reduce engine power (idling)
-
-
-
Correct the transverse position (neutral) and absorb softly
Page Sliding
-
-
−
-
Initiate
-
−
-
Keep Direction
-
−
-
Control of the Sinkrate
-
−
-
End
-
−
-
Side slide flight hazards
Behavior in case of emergency
-
-
−
-
Behaviour in case of emergency situations in compliance with the operating manual
-
−
-
Control of electrical fuses and/or Power-on of breaker
-
−
-
Emergency exit of the landing gear (if available)
-
−
-
Engine and equipment malfunctions
-
−
-
unexpected weather deterioration
-
−
-
Fire eruption
First solo flight
Obtaining the flying skills
Starting and landing
-
-
-
on page wind
-
-
-
with different weight conditions (max. Load)
-
-
-
with side gliding
-
-
-
without the aid of the landing flaps
-
-
-
on adopted limited space
-
-
-
at dusk
Target ands
-
-
-
Target countries from the round with and without motor help
-
-
-
Set up within 100 m after landing sign
-
-
-
Target date of at least 600 m (2000 ft) above ground without motor aid
-
-
-
Set up within 150 m after landing sign
External landing exercises with flight instructors from different heights
-
-
-
with motor aid
-
-
-
Selection of a suitable site from a safe height
-
-
-
Overflight of the site to determine details, then
-
-
-
Round and final flight
-
-
-
Without motor assistance The emergency procedures (emergency measures, search for causes, measures shortly before landing) shall be carried out in accordance with the flight manual. The emergency measures must be mastered by heart. The use of the emergency clear list is to be integrated in a meaningful way into the flight path.
-
-
-
Speed for Best Gleiten (Trim)
-
-
-
Selection of a suitable site, taking into account the wind
-
-
-
Division of the Anfluge
-
-
-
Emergency clearlist application
-
-
-
Simulated discontinuation of emergency or emergency call
-
-
-
Procedure shortly before landing
Note: External landing exercises may only be carried out with flight instructors, with strict observance of the avoidance of danger to humans and animals. They are to be carried out in a pass-through process without setting up. A special permit by the competent national aviation authority is required for the lower level of the safety minimum.
Overland Flight Instruction
-
-
-
Small-orientation
-
-
-
Flight according to predetermined courses
-
-
-
Orientation in unfavourable viewing conditions
-
-
-
expected and actual time of arrival
-
-
-
Planned deviation from the given course
-
-
-
Use of catch lines
-
-
-
One flight to the round
-
-
-
Possibilities for the avoidance of aircraft noise
Instruction in the use of radio navigation aids
-
-
-
Use of onboard radio navigation devices, VOR, ADF or GPS
-
-
-
Use of ground-based services such as VHF-Peiler (VDF) and Radar
-
-
-
Use of the transponder
Note: The duration of the instruction shall be at least 90 minutes. The instruction can be carried out on a synthetic flight training device, § 14 1. DV LuftPersV remains unaffected. The training period on a synthetic flight training device does not count towards the required flight training time in accordance with § 1 (3) LuftPersV.
On-and departures with landing on other than the training airfield
-
-
-
Radio communications in accordance with the required procedures
-
-
-
Orientation and approach
-
-
-
Height adjustment
-
-
-
Observation of the airspace, if necessary timely evasive
-
-
-
Distance from other air traffic
-
-
-
Place in the round table
-
-
-
designed characters and, if applicable, Light signals
-
-
-
Landing on the airfield
-
-
-
Orientation on the airfield
-
-
-
Characters and possibly Light signals
-
-
-
Depositions of the aircraft
-
-
-
Departure in accordance with the prescribed procedures
On-and departures with landing on airfields with air traffic control
-
-
-
Radio communications in accordance with the required procedures
-
-
-
Orientation and approach procedure in the control zone
-
-
-
Follow air navigation instructions
-
-
-
Height adjustment
-
-
-
Observation of the airspace, if necessary timely evasive
-
-
-
Distance from other air traffic
-
-
-
designed characters and, if applicable, Light signals
-
-
-
Landing on the airfield
-
-
-
Orientation on the airfield
-
-
-
Characters and air traffic control statements
-
-
-
Possibly Light signals
-
-
-
Depositions of the aircraft
-
-
-
Flight production procedure
-
-
-
Departure on the departure route from the air traffic control
Exercises up to exam maturity with and without flight instructor up to safe control
-
-
-
Flight exercises according to § 1 para. 4 no. 1-9 LuftPersV
-
-
-
Overland flight according to § 1 para. 4 no. 10 LuftPersV
-
-
-
Repeated flight exercises according to Appendix 1B
-
-
-
at least 10 single starts and 10 exclusive landings on at least three other airports than the training aerodrome;
-
-
-
Landings on different piste coverings (grass, concrete/asphalt)
Note: Simulated engine failure after the start and external landing exercises may only be performed with flight instructors.
Note: Only if the flight instructor has given a flight order and is present at the airfield, the flight instructor shall be set up and started on a solo flight.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 1C Theoretical test for the acquisition of the licence for private aircraft drivers
(on § 4)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 34
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This examination shall be a written or computer-assisted examination in the seven subjects listed below and may, at the discretion of the competent authority, be placed on one or more days. Several examination subjects can be combined. An exam consists of at least 120 questions. The predominant part of the examination must consist of multiple choice questions according to the respective valid official questionnaire. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
Machining time hours (maximum)
| Air legislation, air traffic and air traffic control, including the legislation of the mobile service |
1:15 |
| Navigation, flight performance and planning |
1:30 |
| Meteorology |
0:30 |
| Aerodynamics |
0:45 |
| General aviation knowledge, technology |
1:00 |
| Behaviour in special cases |
0:30 |
| Human performance |
0:30 |
| total |
6:00 |
-
3.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. Points may only be awarded for correct answers.
-
4.
-
A practical radio test on the ground shall be carried out separately if the applicant is not already the holder of a flying radio certificate.
-
5.
-
The office examination of about 30 minutes duration per applicant includes the practical handling of the radio communication under the assumption of a flight according to visual flight rules either in German (BZF II) or in German and English as well as the reading of a text in English and the translation into German (BZF I). The handling of the radio communication can be carried out together for several applicants.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 1D Practical examination for the purchase of the licence for private aircraft drivers
(on § 4)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 35-39
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall lay down the practical test on an aircraft pattern used in training from the class of aircraft used in the training. The aircraft used in the practical test shall comply with the requirements for carrying out the practical test. The duration of the flight shall be about 60 minutes.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The applicant shall carry the aircraft from the seat from which he/she can carry out the activity of the pilot responsible. The test flight shall be carried out as if the applicant is the only pilot on board. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
5.
-
The auditor shall not participate in the implementation of the flight unless it is necessary to intervene for safety reasons or to avoid unacceptable delays for other air traffic participants.
-
6.
-
The flight route for the overland flight shall be selected by the examiner. The flight may end on the starting airfield or any other airfield. The applicant is responsible for the planning of the flight and has to ensure that all equipment and documentation for the implementation of the flight are on board. The overland flight may, in consultation with the applicant and the examiner, be carried out as a separate flight.
-
7.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
8.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
9.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Carrying the aircraft within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Use of knowledge of aviation and control of the aircraft at any time of flight, so that the successful conduct of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
10.
-
The individual sections and exercises of the practical test are evaluated with "passed" or "fail". If an exercise does not pass in a review section, this section is considered to be unpassed. If more than one examination section is not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. An applicant who does not have only one review section must repeat only the non-passed part. If a section does not pass in the repeat check, the entire check is to be repeated. This also applies to sections that were passed in a previous attempt.
-
11.
-
The following tolerances are general guide values. Turbulences, flight characteristics and flight characteristics of the used aircraft design shall be taken into account by the inspector:
(a) tax course:
-normal flight +-10 degrees
(b) Flight altitude
-normal flight +-150 ft
(c) speeds:
-Start and approach + 15 kt/-5 kt
-all other flight conditions +-15 kt
Proof of verification
Practical test for the purchase of the licence for private aircraft drivers
in accordance with § 1 LuftPersV
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
I. Examination flight
Aeroplane type: ................................ Tag: ...............
Place of departure: ...................................... Start Time: .................
Destination: ........................................................ Landezeit: .................
Flight time:
II. Result of the examination
...............................
. Passed/failed *.
...............................
III. Remarks
.......................... ............................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
.......................... ............................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1 I Evaluation
Flight preparation and departure I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use of the clear list, behaviour as an air driver (driving the I
Aeroplane with external view, ice prevention/de-icing-I
procedures, etc.) apply to all sections I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I Flight preparation and flight weather consulting I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Calculation of mass, center of gravity and flight performance I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I Control and provision of the aircraft I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I Anating the engines and processes after starting I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I Roles, aerodrome procedures, procedure before start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f I Start and controls after the start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g 1 departure procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I liaison with the air traffic control centre-compliance with
h I Air traffic procedures, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 2 I Evaluation
General flight exercises I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I liaison with the air traffic control centre-compliance with
I Air traffic procedure, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I straight forward and horizontal flight at different I
I speeds I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I Steigflug: I
I i. Best climb speed I
I ii. Climbing curves I
I iii. Transition to horizontal flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I Curves (with 30 degrees transverse inclination) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I steep curves (with 45 degrees transverse inclination) (including I)
I Detect and end a critical flight condition) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f I lower speed limit air conditions with I
I and without landing flaps I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g I Overdrawn flight condition: I
I i. In travel flight configuration and exit with motor aid I
I ii. In LandeConfiguration and Exit with Motorhilfe I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 3 I Evaluation
Overland Flight I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I Flight implementation plan, coupling navigation, use of the I
I Navigation Cards I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Control of flight altitude, tax rate and flight speed
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I orientation, calculation and correction of I
c I expected arrival times I
I (Estimated Time of Arrival/ETA), driving the flight-I
I implementation plan I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I Flight management (controls, fuel supply and I
I test on gasifier icing, etc.) Connection to I
d I air traffic control unit-compliance with the I
I Air traffic procedures, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 4 I Evaluation
Approach and landing procedures I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I approach procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I * Country of destination (landing on short slopes), I
I Side wind landing, if appropriate conditions are available
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I * Landung without landing flaps I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I * Landean Flight without motor aid I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I start from low height I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I liaison with the air traffic control centre-compliance with
f I Air traffic procedures, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g I Activities after completion of flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 5 I Evaluation
Exceptional and emergency procedures I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I * Simulated emergency landing exercise I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Simulated emergencies I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*) Some of these exercises can be combined at the discretion of the flight examiner
.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 2A Curriculum for practical instruction on the acquisition of class authorization for motor sailers
(on § 5)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 40-45Generals
The following curriculum is a guideline for the course and contents of the practical instruction. The motor sailer used in practical training must be fitted with a double tax and be suitable for training. Since it is not possible to take into account all the pattern-specific characteristics of different motor-motor segment patterns, all the exercises according to the instructions given in the flight manual of the motor sealer used in the training are , In all exercises, the setting and operation of the engine must be monitored. Unnecessary aircraft noise should be avoided. All checks shall be carried out on the basis of the clearlists.
Flight training up to solo flight
Ground briefing
-
-
-
Declaration of the Travel Engine Sailor Pattern
-
-
-
Construction
-
-
-
Instrumentation
-
-
-
Tax authorities
-
-
-
Clearlists
-
-
-
Operations Guide
-
-
-
Flight clarity of the motor sealer, external control
Leave
-
-
-
Pre-flight control according to clear list
-
-
-
Leave according to clear list
Roles
-
-
-
Observation of the rest of the aerodrome traffic
-
-
-
Function checks (application of the clear list by application)
Controls before the start
-
-
-
Implementation of the checks before the start according to the clear list
-
-
-
Departure briefing
-
-
-
Response to emergency procedures at launch
Start
-
-
-
Observation of the gluing gluing space
-
-
-
Suspension of the motor sealer
-
-
-
Wind consideration
-
-
-
Align on the runway
-
-
-
Compass control in the starting direction
-
-
-
Setting the engine power
-
-
-
Rudder actuation during the start operation
-
-
-
Keeping the start direction
-
-
-
Lift at recommended speed
-
-
-
Climbing flight after lifting and crossing to the fixed climb speed
-
-
-
Drawing in of the landing gear and entering the landing flaps
-
-
-
Throttling of the engine power on climb performance while maintaining the fixed speed
-
-
-
Start break
-
-
-
Simulated engine failure after the start
Note: A simulated engine failure after takeoff may only be carried out on training flights with flight instructor.
Climbing flight
-
-
-
Follow course and climb speed
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Engine setting for the best climbing rate or the best climbing angle
-
-
-
Ascending flight curves to given courses with
-
-
-
15-20 degrees Querneigung
-
-
-
20-30 degrees Querneigung
-
-
-
Transition to horizontal flight
Horizontal and cornering flight
-
-
-
Straight-line horizontal flight
-
-
-
coordinated control of the movements around transverse, longitudinal and vertical axes
-
-
-
Demonstration of static and dynamic stability
-
-
-
Change in engine power in straight-line and horizontal flight
-
-
-
Increase and reduce flight speed while maintaining altitude and course
-
-
-
Compliance with altitude, course and a pre-determined flight speed when the landing gear is moved out and down
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Hazards
-
-
-
Increase and decrease lift and/or resistance
Slow flight
-
-
-
at V (deep) s + 5 to + 10 kt (speed of travel of the motor sealer in the respective flight condition + 5 to + 10 kt safety)
-
-
-
in the travel flight condition
-
-
-
in approach configuration
-
-
-
Reduced effectiveness of the control organs during slow flight
-
-
-
Compliance with altitude, flight speed and direction as well as correction of the engine power
Curve flight
-
-
-
Curves with 30 degrees and 45 degrees transverse inclination, left and right, 90 degrees, 180 degrees, 360 degrees
-
-
-
Comply
-
-
-
the specified flight altitude
-
-
-
safe flight speed while increasing the speed of rotation while paying attention to the load
-
-
-
equal lateral position and rotational speed
-
-
-
Rotation error of the magnetic compass
-
-
-
End on pre-set courses
-
-
-
immediate transition from left to right turn and vice versa.
Sinking
-
-
-
Initiate
-
-
-
Keeping track of course and sinking speed
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Gasifier preheating
-
-
-
best sinkrate
-
-
-
best glide angle
-
-
-
Sinking flight with and without motor power in straight-ahead and cornering flight
-
-
-
Transfer from the Sink-to the horizontal flight
Slot
... (non-representable graphic,
Reference: BAnz. 2006, Supplement No. 60a, page 42)
-
1
-
Start
-
2
-
Climb up to at least 200 ft GND before the first change of direction is carried out on the basis of local specifications
-
3
-
Climbing flight curve up to 20 degrees transverse inclination, 90 degrees-direction change to cross-departure under wind control
-
4
-
Climbing flight up to at least 600 ft GND
-
5
-
At the turning point; 90 degrees curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees transverse inclination to the counter-approach parallel to the start and landing direction
-
6
-
Travel Flight Conditions
-
7
-
Reduce speed, use gasifier preheating
-
8
-
Running out of the chassis (if necessary)
-
9
-
At the turning point: 90 degree curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees transverse inclination for cross-approach under wind-taking account
-
10
-
Initiate Sinking Flight
-
11
-
At the turning point: 90 degree curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees of transverse inclination to the final flight. Deviations in the order of the exercises 7-11 due to local conditions or the particularities of the motor sealer are permissible.
-
12
-
Landing control according to clear list
-
13
-
Landing
Launch and Landen
-
-
-
Start
-
-
-
-
-
Set full engine power
-
-
-
Correction of the flight situation
-
-
-
Reducing the resistances by driving in the landing gear
-
-
-
Climbing flight
-
-
-
Trim neutral
-
-
-
Land and subsequent re-start
End of flight
-
-
-
Control after landing (application of the clear list)
-
-
-
Rolling back to the storage place
-
-
-
Depositions of the engine according to the clear list
-
-
-
Securing the motor sealer according to the clear list
Special flight conditions
-
-
-
Pull over and straight-out with the side ruder up to tipping with and without motor power with a minimum of height loss at
-
-
-
In the travel flight condition
-
-
-
With/without brake/fault flaps in the approach position and the extended landing gear
-
-
-
Timely detection and termination of the tipping and preventing further development of the turkey
-
-
-
Flying exercise in the area of the coating
-
-
-
Slope flight curve with 10-30 degrees transverse inclination (simulated start) up to the first signs of flow demolition and/or the triggering of the overdraft warning system
-
-
-
End the exercise without losing or losing height
-
-
-
Sinking flight curve with 10-30 degrees transverse inclination, landing gear (simulated approach) up to the first signs of flow demolition and/or the triggering of the overdraft warning system
-
-
-
End the exercise without tilting or increasing the sinkrate
-
-
-
Erasers from cross-country slopes of at least 45 degrees and from steep/sinking locations
-
-
-
Boundary flight conditions in the upper speed range
-
-
-
Detection and termination of incipient spiral-storm flights
-
-
-
Reduce engine power (idling)
-
-
-
Correct the transverse position (neutral) and absorb softly
Page Sliding
-
-
-
Initiate
-
-
-
Keep Direction
-
-
-
Control of the Sinkrate
-
-
-
End
-
-
-
Side slide flight hazards
Behavior in case of emergency
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of emergency situations in compliance with the operating manual
-
-
-
Control of electrical fuses and/or Power-on of breaker
-
-
-
Emergency exit of the landing gear (if available)
-
-
-
Engine and equipment malfunctions
-
-
-
unexpected weather deterioration
-
-
-
Fire eruption
Solo flight
Solo flights within sight of the starting airfield
Obtaining the flying skills
Starting and landing
-
-
-
on page wind
-
-
-
with max. Payload
-
-
-
with side gliding
-
-
-
on adopted limited space
-
-
-
at dusk
Target ands
-
-
-
Landings from the round with and without motor aid as well as the engine with and without flight instructor
-
-
-
Set up within 100 m after landing sign
-
-
-
Destination of at least 600 m (2000 ft) above ground with a motor or engine in idle mode with and without flight instructor
-
-
-
Set up within 150 m after landing sign
Note: The engine is not to be shut down on solo flights, if security concerns stand in the way of it. Safety concerns are, for example: bad driving behavior of the engine, critical obstacles in the approach sector, critical location of the airfield (e.g. slope edge).
External landing exercises with flight instructors from different heights
-
-
-
with motor aid
-
-
-
Selection of a suitable site from a safe height
-
-
-
Overflight of the site to determine details, then
-
-
-
Round and final flight
-
-
-
Without motor assistance The emergency procedures (emergency measures, search for causes, measures shortly before landing) shall be carried out in accordance with the flight manual. The emergency measures must be managed by heart. The use of the emergency clear list is to be integrated into the flight path in a meaningful way.
-
-
-
Speed for best sliding
-
-
-
Selection of a suitable site, taking into account the wind
-
-
-
Division of the Anfluge (Trim)
-
-
-
Emergency clearlist application
-
-
-
Simulated discontinuation of emergency or emergency call
-
-
-
Procedure shortly before landing
Note: External landing exercises may only be carried out with flight instructors, with strict observance of the avoidance of danger to humans and animals. They are to be carried out in a pass-through process without setting up. A special permit by the competent national aviation authority is required for the lower level of the safety minimum.
Exercises up to exam maturity with and without flight instructor up to safe control
Note: Simulated engine failure after the start and external landing exercises may only be performed with flight instructors.
Note: Only if the flight instructor has given a flight order and is present at the airfield, the flight instructor shall be set up and started on a solo flight.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 2B Practical test to acquire class authority for motor sailer
(§ § 5 and 9)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 46-50
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical test is to be requested by the instructor/training instructor for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall take the practical test on a motorised motor glider of the travel motor segment pattern used in the training. The motor sailer used in the practical test must meet the requirements for practical testing. The duration of the flight shall be approximately 30 to 45 minutes for holders of a licence for private aircraft drivers, for holders of a licence for gliders, for about 60 minutes.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The applicant shall carry the motor glider from the seat from which he/she can carry out the activity of the pilot. The test flight shall be carried out as if the applicant is the only pilot on board. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
5.
-
The auditor shall not participate in the implementation of the flight unless it is necessary to intervene for safety reasons or to avoid unacceptable delays for other air traffic participants.
-
6.
-
The flight may end on the starting airfield or any other airfield. The applicant is responsible for the planning of the flight and has to ensure that all equipment and documentation for the implementation of the flight are on board.
-
7.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
8.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
9.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Driving the motor sealer within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Application of knowledge of aviation and control of the motor sailer at any point in the flight, so that the successful execution of a procedure or exercise is at no time seriously endangered.
-
10.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test will be carried out with " passed " (b) or " not passed " (nb). If an exercise does not pass in a review section, this section is considered to be unpassed. If more than one examination section is not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. An applicant who does not have only one review section must repeat only the non-passed part. If a section does not pass in the repeat check, the entire check is to be repeated. This also applies to sections that were passed in a previous attempt.
-
11.
-
The following tolerances are general guide values. Turbulences, flight characteristics and flight characteristics of the motor sealer used shall be taken into account by the inspector.
(a) tax course:
-normal flight +-10 degrees
(b) Flight altitude
-normal flight +-150 ft
(c) speeds:
-Start and approach + 15 kt/-5 kt
-all other flight conditions +-15 kt
Proof of verification
Practical test to acquire class authority for motor sailer
in accordance with § § 3a and 40a LuftPersV
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
License for ..................................... No ...........................
Test Flight
Motorsegler pattern: ........................ Identifier: ................
Departure point: ..................................... Start Time: ..................
Destination: ....................................... Landezeit: ..................
Flight time: ......................................................
Result of the examination
...............................
. Passed/failed *.
...............................
Remarks
................................ ................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
................................ ................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1 I Evaluation
Flight preparation and departure I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use of the clear list, behaviour as an air driver (driving the I
Motor sealer with view to the outside, ice-prevention-/Enteisungs-
procedures, etc.) apply to all sections I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I Flight preparation and flight weather consulting I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Calculation of mass, center of gravity and flight performance I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I Control and provision of the aircraft I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I Start-up of the engine and method after starting I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I Roles, aerodrome procedures, procedure before start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f I Start and controls after the start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g 1 departure procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I liaison with the air traffic control centre-compliance with
h I Air traffic procedures, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 2 I Evaluation
General flight exercises I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I liaison with the air traffic control centre-compliance with
I Air traffic procedure, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I straight forward and horizontal flight at different I
I speeds I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I Steigflug: I
I i. Best climb speed I
I ii. Climbing curves I
I iii. Transition to horizontal flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I Curves (with 30 degrees transverse inclination) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I steep curves (with 45 degrees transverse inclination) (including I)
I Detect and end a critical flight condition) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f I lower speed limit conditions I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g I Overdrawn flight condition in travel configuration and I
I Exit with and without motor help I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 3 I Evaluation
Overland Flight I B/NB
Only to be examined in the case of acquisition of the class correction according to I
§ 40a LuftPersV. I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I Flight implementation plan, coupling navigation, use of the I
I Navigation Cards I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Control of flight altitude, tax rate and flight speed
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I orientation, calculation and correction of I
c I expected arrival times I
I (Estimated Time of Arrival/ETA), driving the flight-I
I implementation plan I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I Flight management (controls, fuel supply and I
I test on gasifier icing, etc.), connection to the I
d I air traffic control unit-compliance with the I
I Air traffic and speech radio procedures I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 4 I Evaluation
Approach and landing procedures I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I approach procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I * Country of destination (landing on short slopes), I
I Side wind landing, if appropriate conditions are available
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I * Landean Flight without motor aid I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I Start from low height I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I liaison with the air traffic control centre-compliance with
e I air traffic procedure, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f I Activities after completion of flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 5 I Evaluation
Exceptional and emergency procedures I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I * Simulated emergency landing exercise I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Simulated emergencies I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*) Some of these exercises can be combined at the discretion of the flight examiner
.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 3A Curriculum for practical instruction on the acquisition of class authorization for single-engine country aircraft with a piston engine with a maximum flying mass of more than 750 kilograms
(to § 6)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No 60, Supplement No. 60a, 51-56The practical instruction is on a four-seater aircraft of the class equipped with a double tax and suitable for the training of single-engine agricultural aircraft. A piston engine with a maximum mass of more than 750 kg to be carried out.
General
The following curriculum is a guideline for the course and contents of the practical instruction. Since it is not possible to take into account all the pattern-specific characteristics of different types of aircraft, all the exercises shall be carried out in accordance with the procedures described in the Aeroplane Flight Manual of the aircraft used in the training. In all exercises, the setting and operation of the engine must be monitored. Unnecessary aircraft noise should be avoided. All checks shall be carried out on the basis of the clearlists.
Flight training up to solo flight
Ground briefing
-
-
-
Declaration of the aircraft design
-
-
-
Construction
-
-
-
Instrumentation
-
-
-
Tax authorities
-
-
-
Clearlists
-
-
-
Operations Guide
-
-
-
Flight clarity of the aircraft, external control
Leave
-
-
-
Pre-flight control according to clear list
-
-
-
Leave according to clear list
Roles
-
-
-
Observation of the rest of the aerodrome traffic
-
-
-
Function checks (application of the clear list by application)
Controls before the start
-
-
-
Implementation of the checks before the start according to the clear list
-
-
-
Departure briefing
-
-
-
Response to emergency procedures at launch
Start
-
-
-
Observation of the gluing gluing space
-
-
-
Erasers of the aircraft
-
-
-
Wind consideration
-
-
-
Align on the runway
-
-
-
Compass control in the starting direction
-
-
-
Setting the engine power
-
-
-
Rudder actuation during the start operation
-
-
-
Keeping the start direction
-
-
-
Lift at recommended speed
-
-
-
Climbing flight after lifting and crossing to the fixed climb speed
-
-
-
Drawing in of the landing gear and entering the landing flaps
-
-
-
Throttling of the engine power on climb performance while maintaining the fixed speed
-
-
-
Start break
-
-
-
Simulated engine failure after the start
Note: A simulated engine failure after takeoff may only be carried out on training flights with flight instructor.
Climbing flight
-
-
-
Follow course and climb speed Trim engine adjustment for the best climb rate or the best climb angle (maximum height gain at a very short distance)
-
-
-
Ascending flight curves to given courses
-
-
-
15-20 degrees Querneigung
-
-
-
20-30 degrees Querneigung
-
-
-
Transition to horizontal flight
Horizontal and cornering flight
-
-
-
Straight-line horizontal flight
-
-
-
coordinated control of the movements around transverse, longitudinal and vertical axes
-
-
-
Demonstration of static and dynamic stability
-
-
-
Change of engine power in straight-line horizontal flight
-
-
-
Increase and reduce flight speed while maintaining altitude and course
-
-
-
Compliance with altitude, course and a predetermined flight speed when the landing flaps and the landing gear are moved out and down
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Hazards
-
-
-
Increase and decrease lift and/or resistance
Slow flight
-
-
-
at V (deep) s + 5 to + 10 kt (speed of overdrawing of the aircraft in the respective configuration + 5 to + 10 kt safety supplement)
-
-
-
in the travel flight condition
-
-
-
Flaps in the starting position
-
-
-
Flaps in the starting position and when the landing gear is extended
-
-
-
Reduced effectiveness of the control organs during slow flight
-
-
-
Compliance with altitude, flight speed and direction as well as correction of the engine power
Curve flight
-
-
-
Curves with 30 degrees and 45 degrees transverse inclination, left and right, 90 degrees, 180 degrees, 360 degrees
-
-
-
Comply
-
−
-
the specified flight altitude
-
−
-
safe flight speed while increasing the speed of rotation while paying attention to the load
-
−
-
equal lateral position and rotational speed
-
-
-
Rotation error of the magnetic compass
-
-
-
End on pre-set course
-
-
-
immediate transition from left to right turn and vice versa
Sinking
-
-
-
Initiate
-
-
-
Keeping track of course and sinking speed
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Gasifier preheating
-
-
-
best sinkrate
-
-
-
best glide angle
-
-
-
Sinking flight with and without motor power in straight-ahead and cornering flight
-
-
-
Transfer from the Sink-to the horizontal flight
Slot
... (non-representable graphic,
Reference: BAnz. 2006, Supplement No. 60a, page 53)
-
1
-
Start
-
2
-
Climb up to at least 200 ft GND before the first change of direction is carried out on the basis of local specifications
-
3
-
Climbing flight curve up to 20 degrees transverse inclination, 90 degrees-change in direction for cross-departure under wind consideration 4 climbing flight up to at least 600 ft GND
-
4
-
At the turning point; 90 degrees curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees transverse inclination to the counter-approach parallel to the start and landing direction
-
5
-
Travel Flight Conditions
-
6
-
Reduce the speed and set the landing flaps into the first position, use the preheating system
-
7
-
Running out of the running gear (if available)
-
8
-
At the turning point: 90 degree curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees transverse inclination for cross-approach under wind-taking account
-
9
-
Initiate Sinking Flight
-
10
-
At the turning point: 90 degree curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees of transverse inclination to the final flight. Deviations in the order of the exercises 7-11 due to local conditions or the specifics of the airplane pattern are permissible.
-
11
-
Landing control according to clear list
-
12
-
Landing
-
-
-
For rear-wheel aircraft: three-point landings and wheel landings
-
-
-
On Bugrad aircraft: Set up with main landing gear
Launch and Landen
-
-
-
Set full engine power
-
-
-
Correction of the flight situation
-
-
-
Climbing flight
-
-
-
Land and subsequent re-start
-
-
-
Trim neutral
-
-
-
Flaps in the starting position
End of flight
-
-
-
Rolling back to the storage place
-
-
-
Control after landing (application of the clear list)
-
-
-
Depositions of the engine according to the clear list
-
-
-
Securing the aircraft according to clear list
Special flight conditions
-
-
-
Pull over and straight-out with the side ruder up to tipping with and without motor power with a minimum of height loss at
-
-
-
Aircraft in travel flight condition
-
-
-
Airplane with landing flaps in approach position
-
-
-
Airplane with landing flaps in approach position and extended landing gear
-
-
-
Timely detection and termination of the tipping and preventing further development of the turkey
-
-
-
Flying exercise in the area of the coating
-
-
-
Climbing flight curve with 10-30 degrees transverse inclination and landing flaps in the starting position (simulated start) up to the first signs of flow demolition and/or the triggering of the overdraft warning system
-
-
-
End the exercise without losing or losing height
-
-
-
Falling flight curve with 10-30 degrees transverse inclination, landing flaps in approach position and landing gear extended (simulated approach) up to the first signs of flow demolition and/or the triggering of the overdraft warning system
-
-
-
End the exercise without tilting or increasing the sinkrate
-
-
-
Boundary flight conditions in the upper speed range
-
-
-
Detection and termination of incipient spiral-storm flights
-
-
-
Reduce engine power (idling)
-
-
-
Correct the transverse position (neutral) and absorb softly
-
-
-
Erasers from cross-country slopes of at least 45 degrees and from steep/sinking locations
Page Sliding
-
-
-
Initiate
-
-
-
Keep Direction
-
-
-
Control of the Sinkrate
-
-
-
End
-
-
-
Side slide flight hazards
Behavior in case of emergency
-
-
-
Engine disruptions during the runway and before reaching the safety minimum height
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of emergency situations in compliance with the operating manual
-
-
-
Control of electrical fuses and/or Power-on of breaker
-
-
-
Emergency exit of the landing gear (if available)
-
-
-
Engine and equipment malfunctions
-
-
-
unexpected weather deterioration
-
-
-
Fire eruption
Solo flight
Obtaining the flying skills
Starting and landing
-
-
-
on page wind
-
-
-
with max. Payload
-
-
-
with side gliding
-
-
-
without the aid of the landing flaps
-
-
-
on adopted limited space
-
-
-
at dusk
Target ands
-
-
-
Target countries from the round with and without motor help
-
-
-
Set up within 100 m after landing sign
-
-
-
Destination of at least 600 m (2000 ft) above ground without motor assistance without or with side gliding
-
-
-
Set up within 150 m after landing sign
External landing exercises with flight instructors from different heights
-
-
-
with motor aid
-
-
-
Selection of a suitable site from a safe height
-
-
-
Overflight of the site to determine details, then
-
-
-
Round and final flight
-
-
-
Without motor assistance The emergency procedures (emergency measures, search for causes, measures shortly before landing) shall be carried out in accordance with the flight manual. The emergency measures must be managed by heart. The use of the emergency clear list is to be integrated into the flight path in a meaningful way.
-
-
-
Speed for Best Gleiten (Trim)
-
-
-
Selection of a suitable site, taking into account the wind
-
-
-
Division of the Anfluge
-
-
-
Emergency clearlist application
-
-
-
Simulated discontinuation of emergency or emergency call
-
-
-
Procedure shortly before landing
Note: External landing exercises may only be carried out with flight instructors, with strict observance of the avoidance of danger to humans and animals. They are to be carried out in a pass-through process without setting up. A special permit by the competent national aviation authority is required for the lower level of the safety minimum.
Exercises up to exam maturity with and without flight instructor up to safe control
Note: Simulated engine failure after the start and external landing exercises may only be performed with flight instructors.
Note: Only if the flight instructor has given a flight order and is present at the airfield, the flight instructor shall be set up and started on a solo flight.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 3B Practical examination for the acquisition of class authorization for single-engine country aircraft with a piston engine with a maximum mass of more than 750 kilograms
(to § 6)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 57-60
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical test is to be requested by the instructor/training instructor for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall take the practical test on a model of aircraft used in the course of training. The aircraft used in the practical test shall comply with the requirements for carrying out the practical test. The duration of the flight should be about 30 to 45 minutes.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The applicant shall carry the aircraft from the seat from which he/she can carry out the activity of the pilot. The test flight shall be carried out as if the applicant is the only pilot on board. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
5.
-
The auditor shall not participate in the implementation of the flight unless it is necessary to intervene for safety reasons or to avoid unacceptable delays for other air traffic participants.
-
6.
-
The flight may end on the starting airfield or any other airfield. The applicant is responsible for the planning of the flight and has to ensure that all equipment and documentation for the implementation of the flight are on board.
-
7.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
8.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
9.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Operating the aircraft within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Application of knowledge of aviation and control of the aircraft at any time of flight, so that the successful execution of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
10.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test will be carried out with " passed " (b) or " not passed " (nb). If an exercise does not pass in a review section, this section is considered to be unpassed. If more than one examination section is not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. An applicant who does not have only one review section must repeat only the non-passed part. If a section does not pass in the repeat check, the entire check is to be repeated. This also applies to sections that were passed in a previous attempt.
-
11.
-
The following tolerances are general guide values. Turbulences, flight characteristics and flight characteristics of the used aircraft design shall be taken into account by the inspector:
(a) tax course:
-normal flight +-10 degrees
(b) Flight altitude
-normal flight +-150 ft
(c) speeds:
-Start and approach + 15 kt/-5 kt
-all other flight conditions +-15 kt
Proof of verification
Practical test to acquire class authorization for single-engine
Agricultural aircraft with a piston engine with a maximum mass of more than
750 kilograms in weight. § 3b LuftPersV
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
1. Examination flight
Aeroplane type: ................................ Identifier: ................
Departure point: ..................................... Start Time: ..................
Destination: ....................................... Landezeit: ..................
Flight time: ......................................................
I. Result of the examination
...............................
. Passed/failed *.
...............................
II. Remarks
................................ ................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
................................ ................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1 I Evaluation
Flight preparation and departure I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use of the clear list, behaviour as an air driver (driving the I
Aeroplane with external view, ice prevention/de-icing-I
procedures, etc.) apply to all sections I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I Flight preparation and flight weather consulting I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Calculation of mass, center of gravity and flight performance I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I Control and provision of the aircraft I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I Start-up of the engine and method after starting I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I Roles, aerodrome procedures, procedure before start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f I Start and controls after the start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g 1 departure procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I liaison with the air traffic control centre-compliance with
h I Air traffic procedures, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 2 I Evaluation
General flight exercises I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I liaison with the air traffic control centre-compliance with
I Air traffic procedure, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I straight forward and horizontal flight at different I
I speeds I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I Steigflug: I
I i. Best climb speed I
I ii. Climbing curves I
I iii. Transition to horizontal flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I Curves (with 30 degrees transverse inclination) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I steep curves (with 45 degrees transverse inclination) (including I)
I Detect and end a critical flight condition) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f I lower speed limit conditions I
I with and without landing flaps I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g I Overdrawn flight condition: I
I i. In travel flight configuration and exit with motor aid I
I ii. In LandeConfiguration and Exit with Motorhilfe I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 3 I Evaluation
Approach and landing procedures I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I approach procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I * Country of destination (landing on short slopes), I
I Side wind landing, if appropriate conditions are available
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I * Landung without landing flaps I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I * Landean Flight without motor aid I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I start from low height I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I liaison with the air traffic control centre-compliance with
f I Air traffic procedures, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g I Activities after completion of flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 4 I Evaluation
Exceptional and emergency procedures I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I * Simulated emergency landing exercise I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Simulated emergencies I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*) Some of these exercises can be combined at the discretion of the flight examiner
.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 4A Curriculum for the supplementary theoretical training for the acquisition of the private pilot licence (aircraft) according to JAR-FCL 1 German
(on § 7)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 61-63 NAVIGATION
Flight planning
-
-
-
Selection of map material, with special consideration of flights in categories C and D, abroad and by night, road map under the lower airspace
-
-
-
Radio navigation maps
-
-
-
Weather forecasts and reports for the flight route and the airfield
-
-
-
Use of AIP and NOTAMS
-
-
-
Connections to the air traffic control centre in controlled airspace
-
-
-
Mandatory reporting points
-
-
-
Creation of an ATC flight plan
Radio navigation
-
-
-
Fundamentals of radio technology
-
-
-
Frequency spectrum
-
-
-
Modulation and operating modes
-
-
-
Wave propagation, influence by diffraction, refraction, reflection, scattering, attenuation, absorption, interference
-
-
-
Range depending on frequency band, transmitting power, propagation medium, flight altitude (AIP)
-
-
-
Undirected radio fire (NDB)
-
-
-
frequency range, transmission types, station identifier
-
-
-
Accuracy
-
-
-
Automatic radio device (ADF)
-
-
-
Components of the ADF system
-
-
-
Working methods
-
-
-
Operation
-
-
-
Indication of the advertisements
-
-
-
Relative Bearing Indicator (side bearing, right-and mis-pointing bearing
-
-
-
Radio Magnetic Indicator (compas-feeding, right-and mis-pointing bearing)
-
-
-
FM radio fire (VOR)
-
-
-
frequency range, transmission types, station identifier
-
-
-
Accuracy
-
-
-
VOR onboard system
-
-
-
Components of the VOR system
-
-
-
Working methods
-
-
-
Operation
-
-
-
Indication of the advertisements
-
-
-
Radio Magnetic Indicator (Radial, Misoriented Pseparation)
-
-
-
TO/FROM display, warning flags
-
-
-
Radars
-
-
-
Basics
-
-
-
Ground radars
-
-
-
Secondary Radar Systems (SSR)
-
-
-
Transponder
-
-
-
Satellite Navigation (GPS)
-
-
-
Frequency range
-
-
-
Accuracy
-
-
-
GPS onboard systems
-
-
-
Components of the GPS system
-
-
-
Working methods
-
-
-
Operation
-
-
-
Indication of the advertisements
Applied radio navigation
-
-
-
Target curve (homing)
-
-
-
Flying a standing bearing
-
-
-
Peilsprung
-
-
-
Turn-off angle
-
-
-
Correction Value
-
-
-
Course flight (tracking)
-
-
-
Desired curve (QDM/QDR)
-
-
-
Peiment Change
-
-
-
Offset
-
-
-
Correction value, corrected wind stop angle
-
-
-
Distance provisions
-
-
-
Distance Measurement Equipment (DME)
-
-
-
Foreign-bearing navigation
-
-
-
Peil_values QDM, QDR
-
-
-
Take-off and departure procedures on a spot
TECHNOLOGY, INSTRUMENTS
Electrical equipment
-
-
-
Voltmeter and Amperemeter
-
-
-
Backup machines and fuses
-
-
-
electrically powered on-board systems and instruments
-
-
-
Error detection
Vacuum system
-
-
-
Devices
-
-
-
Error detection
-
-
-
Pneumatically operated instruments
Gyro Instruments
-
-
-
Basics
-
-
-
Room stability
-
-
-
Precession
Turn pointer
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
Effect of the rotation speed (RPM) of the gyro
-
-
-
Display
-
-
-
Rotation speed display limit
-
-
-
Energy supply
-
-
-
Libelle
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Flight Location Indicator (Artificial Horizon)
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
View
-
-
-
Interpretation
-
-
-
Operating limits
-
-
-
Energy supply
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Kursanzeiger (Kurskreisel)
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
Drive Types
-
-
-
Display accuracy
-
-
-
Setting/Reaction
-
-
-
Support
-
-
-
Cardane Error
-
-
-
Other errors and tolerances
Onboard instruments
-
-
-
Comparison of the presented information with the other display instruments
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 4B Curriculum for the complementary practical training for the acquisition of the private pilot licence (aircraft) according to JAR-FCL 1 German
(on § 7)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 64 General
The aeroplane used in practical training must be equipped with a double tax and be suitable for training. In all exercises, the setting and operation of the engine must be monitored. Unnecessary aircraft noise should be avoided.
All checks shall be carried out on the basis of the clearlists.
Training in the use of radio navigation aids
Navigation in accordance with the minimum weather conditions applicable to the airspace in question, with the sole use of one or more of the following radio navigation devices or ground-based services
-
-
-
VOR
-
-
-
ADF
-
-
-
GPS
-
-
-
Radar
-
-
-
VDF
-
-
-
Adherence to course and altitude
-
-
-
Erflying of Radials
-
-
-
Position Determination
-
-
-
The training also has to include the use of the transponder
-
-
-
Flying a 180 degree reverse curve without visibility to the outside
Note 1: The training shall include the use of onboard displays such as ADF, VOR and GPS, as well as ground-based services such as VHF Peiler (VDF) and Radar.
Note 2: The flying without sight to the outside is to be taught using an IFR pair of glasses or an IFR hood (the flight pupil should not have an outside view in normal head posture). The cover of the windscreen by means of cards or other aids is not permitted. The early detection of other aircraft and the application of the evaage rules are the responsibility of the flight instructor.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 5A Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the licence for sailplane guides
(on § 8)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 65-79 LUFTRECHT
Legal basis
-
-
-
Air Traffic Act (LuftVG)
-
-
-
Air Transport-Admission Order (LuftVZO)
-
-
-
Air traffic order (LuftVO)
-
-
-
Regulation for the testing of aeronautical equipment (LuftGerPV)
-
-
-
Aviation staff regulation (Air PersV)
-
-
-
Implementing Regulations to the Air PersV
-
-
-
Operating Regulations for Aeronautical Equipment (LuftBO)
-
-
-
Implementing Regulations to the Air BO
-
-
-
other laws and regulations, insofar as they are of importance to the glider
National and international organisation of aviation
-
-
-
Federal Ministry of Transport, Building and Urban Development (BMVBS)
-
-
-
Aviation-Federal Office (LBA)
-
-
-
Federal Agency for Air-Accident Investigation (BFU)
-
-
-
Aviation authorities of the countries
-
-
-
Deutsche Flugsicherung GmbH (DFS)
-
-
-
German Weather Service (DWD)
-
-
-
ICAO
-
-
-
Responsibilities and tasks
-
-
-
JAA
-
-
-
Responsibilities and tasks
-
-
-
EASA
-
-
-
Responsibilities and tasks
Publications for air drivers
-
-
-
Aeronautic manual AIP
-
-
-
AIP VFR
-
-
-
Breakdown and use
-
-
-
VFR bulletin
-
-
-
News for Air Drivers Part I and II (NfL I and NfL II)
-
-
-
NOTAM
-
-
-
Aviation Cards ICAO
Airports
-
-
-
Types of aerodros
-
-
-
Flight space constraints
-
-
-
External start and landing
-
-
-
Emergency landing
-
-
-
Security landing
Aircraft
-
-
-
Types
-
-
-
Authorisations
-
-
-
Checks
-
-
-
Airworthiness instructions
-
-
-
Equipment subject to authorisation
Aviation staff
-
-
-
Training
-
-
-
License
-
-
-
Grant
-
-
-
Enlargement
-
-
-
Extension
-
-
-
Renewal
-
-
-
Revocation, revocation and limitation
-
-
-
Exercise of rights
-
-
-
Permissions
-
-
-
Startarts for sailplane guide
Participation in air transport
-
-
-
Obligations of participants in air transport
-
-
-
General rules
-
-
-
View flight rules
-
-
-
Airspace classification,
-
-
-
Air navigation rules
-
-
-
Aircraft equipment
-
-
-
general flight operating rules
-
-
-
Avoidance of unnecessary aircraft noise
Air Service
-
-
-
Legislation of the mobile radio service
-
-
-
Authorisation and approval of radio equipment
-
-
-
Radio-speaking procedures
-
-
-
Emergency and emergency transport
-
-
-
Regulation on air traffic control equipment for aircraft
Operation of the voice radio traffic
For flights to and from an airfield with air traffic control, either in German (BZF II) or in German and English (BZF I) using the spoken phrases, expressions, procedures, abbreviations , including emergency and emergency procedures
Liability of the aircraft driver and the insurance obligation of the aircraft holder
Offences, administrative offences
NAVIGATION
Shape of the Earth
-
-
-
Form
-
-
-
Earth Axis, Pole
-
-
-
Dimensions
-
-
-
Movement
Card customer
-
-
-
Meridians, parallel parallel
-
-
-
Large circles, small circles, share price
-
-
-
Hemisphere, North/South, East/West
-
-
-
topographic aeronautical maps
-
-
-
Projections and their properties
-
-
-
Angle fidelity
-
-
-
Surface remorse (equivalency)
-
-
-
Scale
Conformal cutting cone projection (ICAO map 1:500.000)
-
-
-
Main properties
-
-
-
Structure
-
-
-
Meridian Convergence
-
-
-
Representation of meridians, parallel lines, large circles and the same course
-
-
-
Scale, Standard Parallel
-
-
-
pictorial representation of height above ground
Time calculation
-
-
-
Relationship between Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and Medium Local Time (LMT)
-
-
-
Definition of sunrise and sunset times
Reference Direction
-
-
-
right-pointing North (True North)
-
-
-
Earth's magnetic field, misstatement-annual change
-
-
-
mislead North (Mag North), variation
-
-
-
vertical and horizontal components
-
-
-
Isogones, Null Isogons (Agone)
-
-
-
Magnetism of the gliding aircraft
-
-
-
magnetic influences in gliding aircraft
-
-
-
Compass Deflection (Deviation)
-
-
-
curves, acceleration error
-
-
-
Avoidance of magnetic interference of the compass
Distances
-
Devices
-
-
-
Distance measurement as a function of the map projection
Aeronautical maps in practical navigation
-
-
-
Location Determination
-
-
-
Width and length
-
-
-
Distance measurement and determination
-
-
-
Use of an angle meter
-
-
-
Measurement of courses above ground (track) and distances
Map symbolism/use of navigation maps
-
-
-
Map Validation
-
-
-
Topography
-
-
-
Terrain shape (relief)
-
-
-
artificial terrain characteristics
-
-
-
unchanging characteristics (e.g. B. Length-or point-like, one-time or special features)
-
-
-
variable characteristics (e.g. B. Water)
-
-
-
Map Preparation
-
-
-
Folding the map
-
-
-
Procedure for reading the map
-
-
-
Orientation based on the map
-
-
-
Characteristics of control points
-
-
-
Expected appearance of checkpoints
-
-
-
with permanent visual contact
-
-
-
without permanent visual contact
-
-
-
in the case of an unsafe position (catch lines)
-
-
-
Air symbols
-
-
-
Air travel information
-
-
-
Conversion of units
Basics of navigation
-
-
-
Displayed, corrected and true speed (IAS, CAS and TAS)
-
-
-
Course on the ground, right-wing and miserable course
-
-
-
Wind, influence on tax rate and speed above ground
-
-
-
Winddreieck
-
-
-
Calculation of control course and speed above ground
-
-
-
coupling navigation, location, fixed location
Navigation Calculator
-
-
-
Use of a mechanical or electronic navigational computer and, where appropriate, the use of surcharge calculations for the determination of the following quantities:
-
-
-
true flight speed (TAS), time and distance
-
-
-
Conversion of units
-
-
-
Pressure, density and true height
-
-
-
Wind triangular tasks
-
-
-
Abdrift and Luvwinkel, application of TAS and wind speed to the course on the ground
-
-
-
Tax rate and speed above ground
Flight planning and practical implementation
-
-
-
Selection of map material
-
-
-
Weather forecasts and reports for the flight route and the airfield
-
-
-
Assessment of the weather situation
-
-
-
Drawing of the Wegelinie
-
-
-
Consideration of controlled air spaces, airspace restrictions, danger areas, etc.
-
-
-
Use of AIP and NOTAMS
-
-
-
Connections to the air traffic control centre in controlled airspace
-
-
-
Calculation of the flight task (mean travel speed)
-
-
-
Medium Rise
-
-
-
Expected cloud base
-
-
-
Desired journey
-
-
-
Airfields along the route
-
-
-
Telecommunications and radio/navigation frequencies
-
-
-
UKW bearing (VDF-Peiler, QDM)
-
-
-
Transponder and Radar
-
-
-
Satellite Navigation (GPS)
-
-
-
Creation of an ATC flight plan
-
-
-
Calculations of mass and center of gravity
Practical Navigation
-
-
-
Compass control, use of the Deviation table
-
-
-
Organization of work load occurring during the flight
-
-
-
Height adjustment
-
-
-
Determination of TAS and speed above ground (GS)
-
-
-
Implementation of the visual navigation under consideration of changing altitude
-
-
-
Determining the flight path according to thermal and terrestrial aspects
-
-
-
Location Determination
-
-
-
Determination of control and turning points
-
-
-
Approach
-
-
-
Calculation of the Endange
-
-
-
Connection to the air traffic control centre
-
-
-
Entry into the Aircraft Bordbuch
METEOROLOGY
The atmosphere
-
-
-
Composition and composition
-
-
-
Special features of the troposphere
-
-
-
ICAO Default Mosphere
-
-
-
atmospheric pressure
-
-
-
vertical layering
Pressure, density and temperature
-
-
-
Air pressure, air pressure measurement, isable
-
-
-
Change of pressure, density and temperature with height
-
-
-
Terms from the height measurement
-
-
-
Radiation processes, temperature
-
-
-
Temperature of the day
-
-
-
Stability and Lability
-
-
-
Effect of radiation and advection processes
Air humidity and precipitation
-
-
-
Water vapour in the atmosphere
-
-
-
Humidity
-
-
-
Dew Point, Spread
-
-
-
relative, absolute and specific humidity
-
-
-
Vapour pressure
-
-
-
Condensation, sublimation, evaporation
-
-
-
Precipitation
-
-
-
Formation of precipitation
-
-
-
Rainfall species
Air pressure and wind
-
-
-
High-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Air movement
-
-
-
Pressure gradient (Buys-Ballot's law)
-
-
-
Coriolis force, friction (ground wind and geostrophic wind)
-
-
-
vertical and horizontal air movement, convergence, divergence
-
-
-
Local wind systems (Föhn, Berg-/Talwind, Land-/Seewind, guided wind)
-
-
-
Turbulence and Böge
-
-
-
Influence of wind and wind shelling at start and landing
Cloud Education
-
-
-
Cooling and heating by advection, radiation and adiabatic processes
-
-
-
Cloud classification, Wolkenstockwerke
-
-
-
convective clouds (cumulus clouds)
-
-
-
Stratiform clouds (shift clouds)
-
-
-
Orographically induced clouds
-
-
-
Flight conditions in stratiform and convective clouds
Fog, damp haze and dry haze
-
-
-
Radiation mist, advection mist, mist of mixing, freezing fog
-
-
-
Formation and dissolution of fog
-
-
-
reduced visibility through damp haze, rain or spray, snow, smoke, dust and sand
-
-
-
Assessment of the probability of the occurrence of reduced visibility
-
-
-
Driving on flights with low horizontal and vertical views
Air masses, high-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Properties of air masses and influencing variables
-
-
-
Division of air masses, development areas
-
-
-
Transformation (change) of air masses during their relocation
-
-
-
Development of high-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Weather events related to high-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Deep-pressure gutter, altitude rog (formation and weather events)
Fronts
-
-
-
Formation of fronts and air mass limits
-
-
-
Warmfront
-
-
-
Formation of a hot front
-
-
-
related clouds and weather events
-
-
-
Weather conditions in the hot sector
-
-
-
Cold front
-
-
-
Emergence of a cold front
-
-
-
related clouds and weather events
-
-
-
Reverse Weather
-
-
-
Occlusion
-
-
-
Formation of an occlusion
-
-
-
related clouds and weather events
-
-
-
stationary fronts
-
-
-
related clouds and weather events
Icing
-
-
-
Causes and conditions for icing
-
-
-
Formation and impact of predators, ice-cream, clear ice
-
-
-
Effects of icing on the flight performance
-
-
-
Fliegerische Measures for the prevention of icing
Thunderstorm
-
-
-
Weathering
-
-
-
Air mass thunderstorms, front thunderstorms, orographical thunderstorms
-
-
-
Requirements
-
-
-
Development Process
-
-
-
Recognition of favourable conditions for the development of thunderstorms
-
-
-
Hazards for gliders
-
-
-
Effects of flashes, hail and severe turbulence
-
-
-
Avoidance of flights in the vicinity of thunderstorms
Flights over mountainous terrain
-
-
-
Influence of the terrain on atmospheric processes
-
-
-
Formation of Leeshafts
-
-
-
local wind systems, up and down winch, rotors
-
-
-
Hazards
Climatology
-
-
-
general seasonal circulation in the troposphere over Europe
-
-
-
Seasonal local weather conditions and wind conditions
Height measurement
-
-
-
Importance of pressure settings for air transport
-
-
-
Pressure level, density level
-
-
-
Height above ground, altitude above sea level, airfields
-
-
-
ICAO Default Mosphere
-
-
-
QNH, QFE, QFF, QNE (default settings)
-
-
-
Transition height, transition layer and transition surface
Organisation of meteorological security of air traffic
-
-
-
Flight weather forecast and consulting-LBZ consultation
-
-
-
Flying Weather-FWW-Briefing and Documentation
-
-
-
Flying weather station (observation)
-
-
-
Availability of periodic weather forecasts
Weather Analysis and Forecast
-
-
-
Weather maps, symbols, signs
-
-
-
Maps to predict significant flight weather conditions (Significant weather charts)
-
-
-
Forecasting cards for general aviation
Weather information for flight preparation
-
-
-
Reports and forecasts (TAF, GAFOR and others) Evaluation of regular flight weather reports (METAR) and warnings (SIGMET, AIRMET and others)
-
-
-
Weather information about Selfbriefingsysteme
-
-
-
Flight weather consulting
Weather radio broadcasts for aviation
-
-
-
VOLMET, ATIS
-
-
-
Weather forecast for sailing
AERODYNAMICS
Flow around a body, subsonic area
-
-
-
Air resistance and air density
-
-
-
Boundary layer
-
-
-
Friction resistance
-
-
-
laminar and turbulent flow
-
-
-
Current Lines
-
-
-
Bernoullic equation, Venturi effect
-
-
-
Flow around a flat plate
Two-dimensional flow of the wing profile
-
-
-
geometrical characteristics of the wing profile
-
-
-
Flow around a curved wing profile, pressure distribution on the profile
-
-
-
laminar and turbulent flow, handling and release point
-
-
-
Emergence of lift and profile resistance
-
-
-
Relationship between buoyance value, resistance value and angle of attack
-
-
-
Buoyance/Resistance ratio (Lilienthalpolar)
Three-dimensional circulation of a wing
-
-
-
Wing basins and profile shapes
-
-
-
Total resistance
-
-
-
induced resistance
-
-
-
Wind angle, whirling resistance, soil effect
-
-
-
Wing
-
-
-
Reduction options (SchRestriction, Winglets)
-
-
-
Harmful resistance
-
-
-
Interference resistance and residual resistance
-
-
-
Distribution of the lift on the wing
Force distribution on the aircraft
-
-
-
Acting forces and balance of forces
-
-
-
Lift force and weight
-
-
-
Thrust and air resistance
-
-
-
Stationary flight conditions (horizontal, steep, gliding and cornering), parallelogram of forces
Control Assets
-
-
-
the three main axes
-
-
-
Nodding around the transverse axis
-
-
-
Rolling around the longitudinal axis
-
-
-
Yaw around the vertical axis
-
-
-
Effect of the height and lateral rudder and the transverse rudder
-
-
-
Control during nick, roll and yaw movements
-
-
-
Mutual coupling of rolling and yaw (yaw rolling moment, rolling moment torque)
-
-
-
Side gliding flight and side wind control technology for landing
-
-
-
Aerodynamic compensation and mass compensation of control surfaces
Trimming Control
-
-
-
Trimmruder, compensatory ruder and counterbalancing ruder
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
Operation
Buoyance and landing aids
-
-
-
Bulking, spreading, gap, and Fowler flaps
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
operational use
-
-
-
Front wings, flaps at the front edge of the wing
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
Normal/automatic operation
-
-
-
Brake tabs
Stability
-
-
-
Definitions of static and dynamic stability
-
-
-
Longitudinal stability
-
-
-
Influence of the center of gravity on the longitudinal stability and longitudinal control
-
-
-
Lateral stability (transverse and directional stability)
-
-
-
Mutual coupling of transverse and directional stability via pushing, spool torque
Flow Plan
-
-
-
critical angle of attack
-
-
-
Disturbance of the smooth flow
-
-
-
Reduction of lift, increase in air resistance
-
-
-
Offset of the print point
-
-
-
Signs of incipient flow demoliation
-
-
-
Behaviour of the aircraft in the event of flow demolishment
-
-
-
Influence variables for the tear-off speed and the behaviour of the aircraft in the event of flow demolitions
-
-
-
Flow demoliation at horizontal, steep, sinking and cornering
-
-
-
Possibilities of overdraft warnings
-
-
-
End of excessive flight condition
Avoiding turkeys
-
-
-
Flow demoliation at the wing tips
-
-
-
One-sided flow demoliation on the wing
-
-
-
Emergence of a rolling movement
-
-
-
Recognition of incipient turnols
-
-
-
Stationary turkeys
-
-
-
Influence of inner and outer sliding
-
-
-
Steeple and flat tobogganing
-
-
-
Influence of the focal point
-
-
-
Flow conditions at the side and height control, shielding
-
-
-
End Trudeling
Load multiple and intercept maneuvers
-
-
-
Strength considerations
-
-
-
V-n diagram for gusts and interception loads
-
-
-
Load limits with and without land-Brems-and dampers
-
-
-
Change of load multiple times during cornering and interception
-
-
-
maximum maneuverable speed for full rudder output
-
-
-
Precautions during flight
-
-
-
Forces at the wind start
Loads on the ground
-
-
-
Lateral loads on the landing gear
-
-
-
Landing
-
-
-
Roll, Precautions for direction changes
GENERAL AERONAUTICS, TECHNOLOGY
Structure of the cell
-
-
-
Components
-
-
-
Fuselage, wing, tail
-
-
-
Height, transverse and side control
-
-
-
Trimmanlage, concave flaps, brake flaps
-
-
-
Chassis
-
-
-
Tyres, condition of tyres
-
-
-
Braking systems and special features for use
Load of the cell
-
-
-
static strength
-
-
-
Load multiple
-
-
-
Security factor
-
-
-
Pre-flight control
-
-
-
Precautions on the ground and during the flight
Engine (sailplanes with auxiliary power plant)
-
-
-
Fundamentals of the combustion engine
-
-
-
2-stroke engine
-
-
-
4-stroke-gasoline and diesel engines
-
-
-
Wankelmotor
-
-
-
general motor science
-
-
-
Two-stroke and four-stroke engines
-
-
-
Engine cooling
-
-
-
Cylinder head temperature
-
-
-
Ignition system
-
-
-
Carburetor
-
-
-
Fuels
-
-
-
Fuel system
-
-
-
Air screw
-
-
-
Engine operation
-
-
-
Motor Lubrication
Electrical equipment
-
-
-
DC power supply
-
-
-
Batteries, storage capacity and charging
-
-
-
Voltmeter and Amperemeter
-
-
-
Backup machines and fuses
-
-
-
Electrically operated on-board systems and instruments
-
-
-
Error detection
-
-
-
Malfunction procedure
Encoders of the on-board instruments
-
-
-
Pitot pipe, functional principle, basics and construction
-
-
-
Pressure reduction of static pressure, function and construction methods
-
-
-
Error by blocking or leaks
-
-
-
Compensation nozzle
Travel knives
-
-
-
Working methods and structure
-
-
-
Ratio between total pressure and static pressure
-
-
-
Definitions of reported, corrected and true flight speed (IAS, CAS, TAS)
-
-
-
Flight speed information, colour marking
Altimeter
-
-
-
Working methods and structure
-
-
-
Task of the adjustment scale for the air pressure
-
-
-
Print height
-
-
-
true height
-
-
-
Standard international atmosphere
-
-
-
Flight Area
-
-
-
Display (three-pointer)
Variometer
-
-
-
Working methods and structure
-
-
-
Function Principle
-
-
-
EigenDelay
-
-
-
delay-free variometer
-
-
-
Display
-
-
-
possible display errors
-
-
-
Compensation
Gyro Instruments
-
-
-
Basics
-
-
-
Room stability
-
-
-
Precession
Turn pointer
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
Effect of the rotation speed (RPM) of the gyro, power supply
-
-
-
Rotation speed display limit
-
-
-
Libelle
-
-
-
Display
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Magnetic compass
-
-
-
Construction and functional principle
-
-
-
Variation and Deviation
-
-
-
Curve and rotation errors
-
-
-
Precautions for the carrying of magnetic objects
Satellite navigation devices
-
-
-
Working methods
-
-
-
Function Principle
-
-
-
GPS
-
-
-
Other systems
Airworthiness
-
-
-
Maintenance and Operations Guide
-
-
-
Operating records
-
-
-
Maintenance records
-
-
-
Valid certificate of airworthiness
Mass and focus
-
-
-
maximum mass
-
-
-
Limits of the center of gravity front and rear
-
-
-
Trimming weights
-
-
-
Water ballast
-
-
-
Determination of mass and center of gravity
-
-
-
Flughandbuch and Beladeplan
Behaviour in special cases
Aerodrome
-
-
-
Cases in which the condition of the aerodrome or the terrain is to be regarded as a factor causing an accident shall also apply in the case of terrain which is described in more detail either for the normal case or in case of an emergency for rolling, for starting or landing, or for use in the case of land. appears
-
-
-
wet surface
-
-
-
soft ground
-
-
-
Ice, Snow, Matsch
-
-
-
rugged/unequal soil
External landing
-
-
-
Implementation of a safe external landing
-
-
-
Hazards such as high growth, obstacles, slope inclination
-
-
-
Special features such as short terrain, hidden dangers
-
-
-
Water landing (rough/smoother lake)
Glider
-
-
-
Setting and securing the seats
-
-
-
Shoulder and seat belts
-
-
-
Handling of the rescue parachute or total rescue system
Flight Operations
-
-
-
Start/start interruptions
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of loss of orientation
-
-
-
Fly-in in bad weather areas
-
-
-
Nightfall
-
-
-
Flying in mountainous terrain
-
-
-
Flying at high altitudes
-
-
-
Swirling behind aircraft
Accidents
-
-
-
Eruption of fire
-
-
-
Measures following an accident
HUMAN PERFORMANCE
Fundamentals of Physiology
Terms
-
-
-
Composition of the atmosphere
-
-
-
Gas laws
-
-
-
Breathing and bloodstream
Effects of partial pressure
-
-
-
Effect of increasing flight altitude
-
-
-
Gas exchange
-
-
-
Hypoxia (oxygen deficiency)
-
-
-
Symptoms
-
-
-
preventative measures
-
-
-
Cabin Pressure
-
-
-
Effects of rapid pressure drop
-
-
-
Time of Useful Consciousness (TUC)
-
-
-
Use of oxygen masks and emergency descent
-
-
-
Hyperventilation
-
-
-
Symptoms
-
-
-
Avoidance
-
-
-
Effects of accelerations
Vision
-
-
-
Physiology of sight
-
-
-
Limitations of vision
-
-
-
Error
-
-
-
optical illusions
Hearing
-
-
-
Physiology of hearing
-
-
-
Sensual perceptions of the inner ear
-
-
-
Effects of changes in flight altitude
-
-
-
Noise and loss of auditory sines
-
-
-
Hearing protection
-
-
-
spatial disorientation
-
-
-
Contradictions between acoustical and visual perception
Travel sickness
-
-
-
Causes, symptoms
-
-
-
preventative measures
Fliegerische Fitness
-
-
-
medical requirements
-
-
-
General disorders and their treatment
-
-
-
Colds
-
-
-
Stomach consents
-
-
-
Medicines and side effects
-
-
-
Alcohol, drugs
-
-
-
Fatigue
-
-
-
Pregnancy
-
-
-
personal fitness
-
-
-
Passenger Care
-
-
-
Precautions prior to flight after dives
Risk of poisoning
-
-
-
dangerous goods
-
-
-
Carbon monoxide levy (heating installations, exhaust gases)
Fundamentals of Psychology
The information process
-
-
-
Terms of sensory perception
-
-
-
cognitive perception
-
-
-
Expectation
-
-
-
Anticipation (mental anticipation of action sequences)
-
-
-
Behaviors
The central decision-making path
-
-
-
mental stress, load limits
-
-
-
Sources of information
-
-
-
Stimuli and attention
-
-
-
Importance of attention distribution
-
-
-
verbal communication
-
-
-
Memory and memory, memory model
-
-
-
Causes of misinterpretations, Sinnesting
Stress
-
-
-
Causes and effects
-
-
-
Excitation states
-
-
-
Impact on performance
-
-
-
Detecting and reducing stress
Fliegerische decisionmaking
-
-
-
Mental exercise of action sequences
-
-
-
Concepts for the assessment of the situation
-
-
-
Vegetable conditions
-
-
-
Behavioral patterns
-
-
-
Risk assessment
-
-
-
Development of situational awareness
-
-
-
typical decision errors
-
-
-
Series (chain) of incorrect decisions
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 5B Practical training curriculum for the acquisition of the licence for glider drivers
(on § 8)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 80-84General
The following curriculum is a guideline for the course and content of practical training. The glider used in practical training must be equipped with a double tax and be suitable for training. Since it is not possible to take into account all the pattern-specific characteristics of different types of gliders, all the exercises are to be carried out in accordance with the instructions given in the flight manual of the glider used in the training. All checks shall be carried out on the basis of the clearlists.
Flight training up to the first solo flight
Ground briefing
-
-
-
Conditions for flight operations
-
-
-
Behaviour on the airfield
-
-
-
Instruction in the school double-seater
-
-
-
Transport and assembly of the gliding aircraft
-
-
-
Checking for clear list before the first start
-
-
-
Review before each start
-
-
-
Handling of the rescue parachute/if necessary Rescue system
-
-
-
Introduction of skin nots
-
-
-
Emergency exit
-
-
-
Accusation flights
Operation and operation of the ruder
-
-
-
Height ruder
-
-
-
Page ruder
-
-
-
Querruder
-
-
-
Landing Aids
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Detect the flight situation on the horizon and the noise and travel gauge display
-
-
-
Carrying out flight changes from the normal flight position by altitude ruder, lateral ruder and lateral ruder
Rolling exercises
-
-
-
Rolling exercises at cross pitches of 20-30 degrees
-
-
-
Coordination of transverse and lateral rudles to avoid negative turning moment at different speeds
-
-
-
Carrying out flight changes from the normal flight position by altitude ruder, lateral ruder and lateral ruder
Straight-ahead
-
-
-
the shoot-out straight-ahead flight
-
−
-
when the course is set
-
−
-
same ride
-
−
-
Thread/ball in the middle and transverse inclination (parallel to the horizontal line) perform and restore
Curve flight
-
-
-
Curves with 30 degrees transverse inclination
-
-
-
Curves and full circles with constant transverse inclination of approx. 30 degrees, constant speed and ball/skin thread flying in the middle
-
-
-
Initiate and Exit by Viewpoint
Slow flight
-
-
-
Identification of the characteristics of the slow flight to the blind flight for the detection of dangerous flight positions
Crossing of the gliding plane and demonstration of the turkey
-
-
-
Transfer in straight-ahead flight to tipping
-
-
-
Overtake in cornering until tipping off
-
-
-
Detect, prevent, and end the characteristics of the trudling
-
-
-
Detect, prevent and end the characteristics of the steep spiral
Start
In the course of the training, at least one of the listed start-types must be taught to comply with § 40 LuftPersV.
-
-
-
Wind Start
-
−
-
Crossing in the Climbing Flight
-
−
-
Climbing flight
-
−
-
Ausklinken
-
−
-
Transition to horizontal flight
-
−
-
Behaviour during start interruptions (e.g. rope rupture)
-
-
-
Drag start behind aircraft
-
−
-
Rolling
-
−
-
Unlift
-
−
-
Climb straight ahead
-
−
-
Incline in curves with low transverse inclination
-
−
-
Climbing flight curves up to 40 degrees Querneigung
-
−
-
Circle Change
-
−
-
Horizontal drag
-
−
-
Deep drag
-
−
-
Flights in the lateral, upper and lower positions to the towing aircraft, then taking the normal towing position
-
−
-
Down drag
-
−
-
Behaviour in the event of a drag interruption
-
−
-
Behaviour in specific flight situations
-
-
-
Self-starting of motor seaters with retractable power unit or propeller
-
−
-
Start disrupting behavior
Slot
-
-
-
Dividing the flight path to the position
-
-
-
Taking into account the factors influencing the planned flight path
-
-
-
Dividing the flight path from the position to the landing, including a ride and altitude reserve
... (non-representable graphic,
Reference: BAnz. 2006, Supplement No. 60a, page 82)
-
1
-
Start
-
2
-
Resounding at the start of the wind
-
3
-
90 degrees-curve for cross-departure
-
4
-
90 degree curve to counter approach
-
5
-
Position, normal 150 m above ground
-
6
-
90 degrees-curve for cross-approach under wind
-
7
-
90 degree curve to end-flight
-
8
-
Landing
Land
Flight speed according to flight handbook, taking into account terrain, wind conditions etc. . Flatbed the trajectory (intercept) and unwind as well as in two-point position with minimum travel in the specified landing field and roll out straight ahead to a standstill
-
-
-
special cases during landing approach
-
-
-
Correct too high or too low landing approach
-
-
-
Landings under special wind conditions
-
-
-
Side wind
-
-
-
Tailwind
-
-
-
Balance arcs in landing approach
-
-
-
landing from a straight approach
-
-
-
three landings from a position outside the space round with flight instructor
Preparation and implementation of the first solo flight
Prior to the first solo flight, a review by another flight instructor must be carried out. The solo flight may only be carried out in the type of starting material trained during the training and on the double-seater used predominantly in the course of the training. The last previous school flights are to be carried out under assumed single flight conditions (no correction instructions of the flight instructor/same flight order as for the solo flight). The first solo flight must not be the first start on this flight day.
Obtaining the flying skills
Flights with or without a flight instructor
Constant Circular Flights
-
-
-
Constant circular flights with 30 degrees-45 degrees transverse inclination
-
-
-
Circular flight with 30 degrees-45 degrees transverse inclination with constant speed and thread/ball in the middle
Curve Change
-
-
-
quick change of the curve at 30 degrees-45 degrees transverse inclination
Quick flight
-
-
-
Carry out a fast flight in the permitted speed range
-
-
-
changed rudder effect in straight-ahead flight
-
-
-
Know and control flight characteristics and changing rowing effects
Circular flights
-
-
-
Circular flight with alternating cross-section of 30 degrees-45 degrees with adjusted speed
Flying in the Thermik
-
-
-
Thermik due to the cloud shapes, circular gliders and birds, ground features and solid thermic sources fly on, according to body feel and variometer display to the right side with approx. 40 degrees of transverse inclination circle and observe the air space. Transfer the circular trajectory as quickly as possible to the area of the strongest Stexpressly and continuously optimize it.
-
-
-
Pre-flight to the next upwind with a suitable set drive
Behaviour during thermo-flying (joint circle flying in the Thermik)
-
-
-
Coordinated behaviour with other gliders in winches
Longer thermal flight
-
-
-
In the vicinity of the site with multiple elevation gain (at least 30 minutes of flight time)
Thermic flights on a solo flight
-
-
-
Thermal flight in the vicinity of the site with multiple elevation gain
-
-
-
30-minute sailing flight on a solo flight
-
-
-
Independent search and start-up and centring of thermic sources
Slide (Slip)
-
-
-
Side gliding flight to the glide angle control or Shortening of the landing flight
Flying from compass courses
-
-
-
Keeping track of compass and taking into account compass errors
Briefing on other gliding aircraft patterns
-
-
-
Can safely master other types of gliding in solo flight
Training for overland flight
Targeted flights and triangular flights
-
-
-
Flights with return to the starting place in different directions by map and compass with flight instructor (at least two flights)
External landing exercises with flight instructors from different heights
External landing exercises should be carried out on motorised motorbikers with a running engine in order to allow multiple practice.
-
-
-
Selection of a suitable site
-
-
-
Division of the Anfluge
-
-
-
Carrying out the checks according to the checklist
-
-
-
Approach without or with a side gliding flight
Note: External landing exercises may only be carried out with flight instructors, with strict observance of the avoidance of danger to humans and animals. They are to be carried out in a pass-through process without setting up. A special permit by the competent national aviation authority is required for the lower level of the safety minimum.
Landings in foreign space
-
-
-
Three landings with or without a flight instructor on at least one other aerodrome other than the training airfield
-
-
-
Getting to know traffic conditions at foreign airfields
-
-
-
Arrangement in the local round-run operation
-
-
-
Management of modified approach conditions
Solo overland flight
-
-
-
Solo flights with a return to the airfield by card and a commercial ticket with a written flight order
-
-
-
Independent preparation and carrying out of an overland flight in a sailing flight solo flight with a written flight order of the flight instructor over a flight distance of at least 50 km
-
-
-
the sounding height above the starting point shall not exceed 750 m (2,500 ft)
-
-
-
the route flight can be carried out as a destination route with a return to the starting point at least one turning point without an intermediate landing
-
-
-
When carrying out the cross-country flight, a Baroque or flight data recorder (loggers) is to be carried along (as proof of a high-altitude writing)
-
-
-
in the case of destination flights with a return to the starting point, the orderly circumnavigation of the turning points must also be proven.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 5C Theoretical test for the acquisition of the license for the glider
(on § 8)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 85
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This examination shall be a written or computer-assisted examination in the seven subjects listed below and may, at the discretion of the competent authority, be filed on one or more days. Several examination subjects can be combined. An exam consists of at least 120 questions. The predominant part of the examination must consist of multiple choice questions according to the respective valid official questionnaire. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
Machining time hours (maximum)
| Air legislation, air traffic and air traffic control, including the legislation of the mobile service |
1:15 |
| General aviation knowledge, technology |
1:00 |
| Human performance |
0:30 |
| Meteorology |
0:30 |
| Navigation, flight performance and flight planning |
1:30 |
| Behaviour in special cases |
0:30 |
| Aerodynamics |
0:45 |
| total |
6:00 |
-
3.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. Points may only be awarded for correct answers.
-
4.
-
A practical radio test on the ground shall be carried out separately if the applicant is not already the holder of a flying radio certificate.
-
5.
-
The office examination of about 30 minutes duration per applicant includes the practical handling of the radio communication under the assumption of a flight according to visual flight rules either in German (BZF II) or in German and English as well as the reading of a text in English and the translation into German (BZF I). The handling of the radio communication can be carried out together for several applicants.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 5D Practical test for the purchase of the license for the glider
(on § 8)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 86-88
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall have the practical test to be carried out on a model of a glider used in training. The aeroplane used in the practical test must meet the requirements for carrying out the practical test.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The applicant shall carry out the glider from the seat from which he can carry out the activity of the pilot responsible. The test flights are to be carried out as if the applicant is the only pilot on board. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
5.
-
The auditor shall not participate in the implementation of the flight, unless intervention is required for safety reasons.
-
6.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
7.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
8.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Carrying the aircraft within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Application of knowledge of aviation and control of the aircraft at any time of flight, so that the successful conduct of an exercise is at no time seriously endangered.
-
9.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test are evaluated with "passed" or "fail". If an exercise is not passed, this exercise is considered not to exist. If more than three exercises are not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. If you do not have an exercise, you only need to repeat the exercise that you have not passed. If an exercise is not passed in the repeat examination, the entire check must be repeated. This also applies to exercises that were passed in a previous attempt.
Proof of verification
Practical test for the purchase of the license for the glider
in accordance with § 36 LuftPersV
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
I. Examination flights
Gliding airplane pattern: .......................
Identifier: ...............................
Aerodrome: ........................... Flight time: ........................
Number of take-offs and landings: ............................
II. Result of the examination
................................
. Passed/failed *.
................................
III. Remarks
.................................................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
.................................................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercises I Evaluation
I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Preparation for the start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. * Wind start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. * Type of towing behind aircraft I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. * Startup I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. + + Flight exercises I
Rolling Exercises I
Straight ahead I
Circular I
Slow Flight I
Quick Flight I
Side Gliding Flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Division of the landing flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Target landing Set within 100 m after the I
Landing Character I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Radio communications I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
+ + Choice of order remains reserved for examiner
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix A A curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of class authorization for motor sailors for holders of the licence for sailplane guides
(on § 9)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 89-94 LUFTRECHT
Legal basis
-
-
-
Air Security Act (LuftSiG)
Publications for air drivers
-
-
-
Aeronautic manual AIP
-
-
-
AIP VFR
-
−
-
Breakdown and use
-
-
-
VFR bulletin
-
-
-
News for Air Drivers Part I and II (NfL I and NfL II)
-
-
-
NOTAM
-
-
-
Aviation Cards ICAO
Airports
-
-
-
Types of aerodros
-
-
-
Flight space constraints
-
-
-
External start and landing
-
-
-
Emergency landing
-
-
-
Security landing
Participation in air transport
-
-
-
Obligations of participants in air transport
-
-
-
General rules
-
-
-
View flight rules
-
-
-
Airspace classification
-
-
-
Air navigation rules
-
-
-
Aircraft equipment
-
-
-
general flight operating rules
-
-
-
Avoidance of unnecessary aircraft noise
Operation of the voice radio traffic
For flights to and from an airfield with air traffic control, either in German (BZF II) or in German and English (BZF I) using the spoken phrases, expressions, procedures, abbreviations , including emergency and emergency procedures
Liability of the aircraft driver and the insurance obligation of the aircraft holder
Offences, administrative offences
NAVIGATION
Basics of navigation
-
-
-
Calculation of control course and speed above ground
-
-
-
Abrift, Luvwinkel
-
-
-
Estimated time of arrival/arrival/departure
-
-
-
coupling navigation, location, fixed location
Navigation Calculator
-
-
-
Use of a mechanical or electronic navigational computer and, where appropriate, the use of surcharge calculations for the determination of the following quantities:
-
-
-
Conversion of units
-
-
-
fuel quantity required
-
-
-
Pressure, density and true height
-
-
-
Flight time and estimated time of arrival
-
-
-
Wind triangular tasks
-
-
-
Application of TAS and wind speed to the course above ground
-
-
-
Control course and basic speed
-
-
-
Abrift and Luvwinkel
Flight planning
-
-
-
Selection of map material
-
-
-
Weather forecasts and reports for the flight route and the airfield
-
-
-
Assessment of the weather situation
-
-
-
Drawing of the flight path
-
-
-
Consideration of controlled air spaces, airspace restrictions, danger areas, etc.
-
-
-
Use of AIP and NOTAMS
-
-
-
Connections to the air traffic control centre in controlled airspace
-
-
-
Fuel calculation
-
-
-
Safety minimum heights for the flight route
-
-
-
Alternate aerodrome
-
-
-
Telecommunications and radio/navigation frequencies
-
-
-
UKW bearing (VDF-Peiler)
-
-
-
VOR-bearing, position determination
-
-
-
Transponder
-
-
-
Creation of a flight implementation plan
-
-
-
Creation of an ATC flight plan
-
-
-
Selection of reporting points, time and distance markers
-
-
-
Calculations of mass and center of gravity
-
-
-
Calculations of mass and flight performance
Practical Navigation
-
-
-
Compass control, use of the Deviation table
-
-
-
Organization of work load occurring during the flight
-
-
-
Departure procedures, entries in the flight implementation plan
-
-
-
Height adjustment
-
-
-
Compliance with tax rates and flight altitude
-
-
-
Implementation of the visual navigation
-
-
-
Location determination, determination of control points
-
-
-
Corrections of control course
-
-
-
Approach to air traffic control
-
-
-
Entry into the flight implementation plan and the aircraft order book
GENERAL AERONAUTICS, TECHNOLOGY
Engine
-
-
-
Fundamentals of the 4-stroke internal combustion engine (gasoline and diesel engines)
-
-
-
Causes of early ignition and knock
-
-
-
Power output as a function of speed (rpm)
-
-
-
Engine cooling
-
-
-
Air cooling
-
-
-
Water/liquid cooling
-
-
-
Cylinder head temperature display
-
-
-
Motor Lubrication
-
-
-
Tasks and types of lubrication
-
-
-
Lubricant systems
-
-
-
Oil distribution
-
-
-
Requirements for oil pump and oil filter
-
-
-
Oil varieties and qualities
-
-
-
Monitoring of oil temperature and oil pressure
-
-
-
Fault detection in the lubricant system
Ignition systems
-
-
-
Fundamentals of the Magnet Ündung
-
-
-
Structure and functioning
-
-
-
Purpose and mode of operation of the snap coupling of an ignition magnet
-
-
-
scans, error detection
-
-
-
Operational procedures for the prevention of spark plug pollution
Education
-
-
-
Basics of the swimmer gasifier
-
-
-
Structure and functioning
-
-
-
Impact of flight altitude
-
-
-
Fuel shut-off valve
-
-
-
Air intake system
-
-
-
Soft, intake air
-
-
-
Gasification of the gasification, use of the preheating of the gasification
-
-
-
Injection systems, basics and working methods
Fuel
-
-
-
Fuel Classification
-
-
-
Varieties and colour marking
-
-
-
Quality requirements
-
-
-
Testing for contamination
-
-
-
Use of fuel filters and waste
-
-
-
Fuel systems
-
-
-
Fuel tanks and fuel lines
-
-
-
Ventilation system
-
-
-
Mechanical and electrical pumps
-
-
-
Heavy-power production
-
-
-
Tank Selection
Propeller
-
-
-
Technical expressions
-
-
-
Conversion of engine power into thrust
-
-
-
Design and construction of fixed propellers
-
-
-
Force exerted on the propeller blades
-
-
-
Dependence between speed and flight speed
-
-
-
Efficiency as a function of speed
-
-
-
Design and construction of adjusting propellers
-
-
-
Constant Speed Propeller (constant speed propeller)
-
-
-
Effect of changes in leaf adjustment angle
-
-
-
Influence of flight speed on propeller speed
Engine operation
-
-
-
Starting procedures and precautions
-
-
-
Error detection
-
-
-
Hot-running, testing of engines and systems
-
-
-
Operating limits for oil temperature and oil pressure
-
-
-
Operating limits for the cylinder head temperature
-
-
-
Verification of the ignition system and other systems
-
-
-
Power limits
-
-
-
Avoidance of fast performance changes
Electrical equipment
-
-
-
Installation and operation of AC and DC generators
-
-
-
DC power supply
-
-
-
Batteries, storage capacity and charging
-
-
-
Voltmeter and Amperemeter
-
-
-
Backup machines and fuses
-
-
-
electrically powered on-board systems and instruments
-
-
-
Error detection
-
-
-
Malfunction Procedure
Vacuum system
-
-
-
Devices
-
-
-
Pumps
-
-
-
Filter Asset
-
-
-
Error detection
-
-
-
Malfunction Procedure
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Flight Location Indicator (Artificial Horizon)
-
-
-
Gravity-based gyroscope
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
View
-
-
-
Interpretation
-
-
-
Operating limits
-
-
-
Energy supply
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Kursanpointer
-
-
-
Kurskreisel
-
-
-
Task and function principle
-
-
-
Display
-
-
-
Use in connection with the magnetic compass
-
-
-
Setting/Reaction
-
-
-
apparent emigration
-
-
-
Operating limits
-
-
-
Energy supply
-
-
-
Testing of operational readiness by the pilot
Engine monitoring instruments
-
-
-
Fundamentals, display and operation of
-
-
-
oil temperature display
-
-
-
oil pressure display
-
-
-
Cylinder head temperature display
-
-
-
Load display
-
-
-
Fuel Pressure Display
-
-
-
Fuel Flow View
-
-
-
Fuel supply display (s)
-
-
-
Tachometer
Other instruments
-
-
-
Fundamentals, display and operation of
-
-
-
Vacuum meter
-
-
-
Voltmeter and Amperemeter
-
-
-
Warning LEDs
-
-
-
other instruments related to aircraft design
Mass and focus
-
-
-
maximum mass
-
-
-
Limits of the center of gravity front and rear, normal and useful operation
-
-
-
Determination of mass and center of gravity
-
-
-
Flughandbuch and Beladeplan
Flight performance
Start
-
-
-
Available starting control distance and available starting distance
-
-
-
Lift and climb
-
-
-
Effects of mass, wind and density
-
-
-
Effects of the condition of the piste and the tendency to be
Landing
-
-
-
Effects of mass, wind, density height and speed of approach
-
-
-
Use of the Brems/fault flaps
-
-
-
Effects of the condition of the piste and the tendency to be
Travel flight
-
-
-
Ratio between power requirement and available performance
-
-
-
Flight Performance Chart
-
-
-
maximum climbing speed and maximum climbing angle
-
-
-
Range and flight duration
-
-
-
Effects of configuration, mass, temperature and flight altitude
-
-
-
Decrease of the flight performance in the case of climb curves
-
-
-
Gliding
-
-
-
unfavourable effects
-
-
-
Icing, rain, wind
BEHAVIOUR IN SPECIAL CASES
-
-
-
Setting and securing the seats
-
-
-
Shoulder and seat belts
-
-
-
Location and handling of emergency equipment and emergency exits
-
-
-
Fire extinguishers
-
-
-
Measures in the event of a fire on the ground and in the air
-
-
-
Engine fire, fire in the cabin and in the electrical system
-
-
-
Ice prevention
-
-
-
Leaving the aircraft in emergencies
-
-
-
System failures
-
-
-
Carbon monoxide poisoning
-
-
-
Precautions for refuelling
-
-
-
Combustible goods/pressurised containers
Flight Operations
-
-
-
Vortex drains
-
-
-
Aquaplaning
-
-
-
Windshelling
-
-
-
Start
-
-
-
Approach
-
-
-
Landing
-
-
-
Boarding of passengers
-
-
-
Emergency procedure for:
-
-
-
Emergency landings
-
-
-
Landing with the landing gear
-
-
-
Emergency water
-
-
-
Failure of brakes and steering
-
-
-
Start break
-
-
-
Engine failure after the start
-
-
-
Cancellation of the landing of the landing/start
-
-
-
Misflight
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 6B Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of class authorization for motor sailors for holders of the licence for sailplane drivers
(on § 9)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 95-100General
The following curriculum is a guideline for the course and content of practical training. The motor sailer used in practical training must be fitted with a double tax and be suitable for training. Since it is not possible to take into account all the pattern-specific characteristics of different motor-motor segment patterns, all the exercises according to the instructions given in the flight manual of the motor sealer used in the training are ,
In all exercises, the setting and operation of the engine must be monitored.
Unnecessary aircraft noise should be avoided.
All checks shall be carried out on the basis of the clearlists.
Flight training up to solo flight
Ground briefing
-
-
-
Declaration of the Travel Engine Sailor Pattern
-
-
-
Construction
-
-
-
Instrumentation
-
-
-
Tax authorities
-
-
-
Clearlists
-
-
-
Flight and Operations Manual
-
-
-
Flight clarity of motor seglers
Leave
-
-
-
Pre-flight control according to clear list
-
-
-
Leave according to clear list
Roles
-
-
-
Observation of the rest of the aerodrome traffic
-
-
-
Function checks (application of the clear list by application)
Controls before the start
-
-
-
Implementation of the checks before the start according to the clear list
-
-
-
Departure briefing
-
-
-
Response to emergency procedures at launch
Start
-
-
-
Observation of the air traffic space
-
-
-
Suspension of the motor sealer
-
-
-
Wind consideration
-
-
-
Align on the runway
-
-
-
Compass control in the starting direction
-
-
-
Setting the engine power
-
-
-
Rudder actuation during the start operation
-
-
-
Keeping the start direction
-
-
-
Lift at recommended speed
-
-
-
Climbing flight after lifting and crossing to the fixed climb speed
-
-
-
Ggf. Moving of the landing gear
-
-
-
Throttling of the engine power on climb performance while maintaining the fixed speed
-
-
-
Start break
-
-
-
Simulated engine failure after the start
Note: A simulated engine failure after takeoff may only be carried out on training flights with flight instructor.
Climbing flight
-
-
-
Follow course and climb speed
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Set of engines for the best climbing rate or the best climbing angle
-
-
-
Ascending flight curves to given courses with
-
-
-
15-20 degrees Querneigung
-
-
-
20-30 degrees Querneigung
-
-
-
Transition to horizontal flight
Horizontal and cornering flight
-
-
-
Straight-line horizontal flight
-
-
-
coordinated control of the movements around transverse, longitudinal and vertical axes
-
-
-
Demonstration of static and dynamic stability
-
-
-
Change of engine power in straight-line horizontal flight
-
-
-
Increase and reduce flight speed while maintaining altitude and course
-
-
-
Compliance with altitude, course and a predetermined flight speed
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Hazards
-
-
-
Increase and decrease lift and/or resistance
Slow flight
-
-
-
at V (deep) s + 5 to + 10 kt (speed of travel of the motor sealer in the respective flight condition + 5 to + 10 kt safety)
-
-
-
in the travel flight condition
-
-
-
in approach configuration
-
-
-
Reduced effectiveness of the control organs during slow flight
-
-
-
Compliance with altitude, flight speed and direction as well as correction of the engine power
Curve flight
-
-
-
Curves with 30 degrees and 45 degrees transverse inclination, left and right, 90 degrees, 180 degrees, 360 degrees
-
-
-
Keeping height
-
-
-
safe flight speed while increasing the speed of rotation while paying attention to the load
-
-
-
Constant transverse position and rotational speed
-
-
-
Rotation error of the magnetic compass
-
-
-
End on pre-set courses
-
-
-
immediate transition from left to right turn and vice versa
Sinking
-
-
-
Initiate
-
-
-
Keeping track of course and sinking speed
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Gasifier preheating
-
-
-
best sinkrate
-
-
-
best glide angle
-
-
-
Sinking flight with and without motor power in straight-ahead and cornering flight
-
-
-
Transfer from the Sink-to the horizontal flight
Slot
... (non-representable graphic,
Reference: BAnz. 2006, Supplement No. 60a, page 97)
-
1
-
Start
-
2
-
Climb up to at least 200 ft GND before the first change of direction is carried out on the basis of local specifications
-
3
-
Incline flight curve up to 20 degrees transverse inclination, 90 degree direction change to cross-departure under wind consideration 4 climbing flight up to at least 600 ft GND
-
4
-
At the turning point; 90 degrees curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees transverse inclination to the counter-approach parallel to the start and landing direction
-
5
-
Travel Flight Conditions
-
6
-
Serving gasifier preheating
-
7
-
Running out of the running gear (if available)
-
8
-
At the turning point: 90 degree curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees transverse inclination for cross-approach under wind-taking account
-
9
-
Initiate Sinking Flight
-
10
-
At the turning point: 90 degree curve up to a maximum of 30 degrees transverse inclination to the end flight, deviations in the order of the exercises 7-11 due to local conditions or the particularities of the travel motor segment pattern are permissible.
-
11
-
Landing control according to clear list
-
12
-
Landing approach: control of the glide angle by means of brake/fault flaps
-
13
-
Landing
Launch and Landen
-
-
-
Driving Brems/Indoor flaps
-
-
-
Set full engine power
-
-
-
Correction of the flight situation
-
-
-
Climbing flight
-
-
-
Trim
End of flight
-
-
-
Rolling back to the storage place
-
-
-
Control after landing (application of the clear list)
-
-
-
Depositions of the engine according to the clear list
-
-
-
Securing the motor sealer according to the clear list
Special flight conditions
-
-
-
Pull over and straight out with the side ruder up to tipping with and without motor power with a minimum of height loss
-
-
-
in the travel flight condition
-
-
-
With/without brake/fault flaps in the approach position and the extended landing gear
-
-
-
Timely detection and termination of the tipping and preventing further development of the turkey
-
-
-
Exercise in the area of the overdraft in the
-
-
-
Climbing flight curve with 10-30 degrees transverse inclination (simulated start) up to the first signs of flow demolition
-
−
-
End the exercise without losing or losing height
-
-
-
Sinking flight curve with 10-30 degrees transverse inclination, Brems/disturbance flap valves and landing gear (simulated approach) up to the first signs of the flow demolition
-
−
-
End the exercise without tilting or increasing the sinkrate
-
-
-
Erasers from cross-country slopes of at least 45 degrees and from steep/sinking locations
-
-
-
Boundary flight conditions in the upper speed range
-
−
-
Detection and termination of incipient spiral-storm flights
-
−
-
Reduce engine power (idling)
-
−
-
Correct the transverse position (neutral) and absorb softly
Behavior in case of emergency
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of emergency situations in compliance with the operating manual
-
-
-
Control of electrical fuses and/or Power-on of breaker
-
-
-
Emergency exit of the landing gear (if available)
-
-
-
Engine and equipment malfunctions
-
-
-
unexpected weather deterioration
-
-
-
Fire eruption
Solo flight
Solo flights within the visibility of the starting airfield
Obtaining the flying skills
Starting and landing
-
-
-
on page wind
-
-
-
with different weight conditions (max. Load)
-
-
-
with side gliding
-
-
-
Landean approach without assistance of the Brems/disturbing flaps
-
-
-
Landing on adopted limited space
Target ands
-
-
-
Landings from the round with and without motor help
-
-
-
Set up within 100 m after landing sign
-
-
-
Target date of at least 600 m (2000 ft) above ground without motor aid
-
-
-
Set up within 150 m after landing sign
External landing exercises with flight instructors from different heights
-
-
-
with motor aid
-
-
-
Selection of a suitable site from a safe height
-
-
-
Overflight of the site to determine details, then
-
-
-
Round and final flight
-
-
-
Without motor assistance The emergency procedures (emergency measures, search for causes, measures shortly before landing) shall be carried out in accordance with the flight manual. The emergency measures must be managed by heart. The use of the emergency clear list is to be integrated into the flight path in a meaningful way.
-
-
-
Speed for Best Gleiten (Trim)
-
-
-
Selection of a suitable site, taking into account the wind
-
-
-
Division of the Anfluge
-
-
-
Emergency clearlist application
-
-
-
Simulated discontinuation of emergency or emergency call
-
-
-
Procedure shortly before landing
Note: External landing exercises may only be carried out with flight instructors, with strict observance of the avoidance of danger to humans and animals. They are to be carried out in a pass-through process without setting up. A special permit by the competent national aviation authority is required for the lower level of the safety minimum.
Navigation Instruction
-
-
-
Small-orientation
-
-
-
Flight according to predetermined courses
-
-
-
Orientation in unfavourable viewing conditions
-
-
-
expected and actual time of arrival
-
-
-
One flight to the round
-
-
-
Possibilities for the avoidance of aircraft noise
On-and departures with port of call on an airfield with air traffic control
There are at least two full scheduled and departures to be carried out with port of call.
-
-
-
Orientation and approach procedure in the control zone
-
-
-
Follow air navigation instructions
-
-
-
Height adjustment
-
-
-
Observation of the airspace, if necessary timely evasive
-
-
-
Distance from other air traffic
-
-
-
designed characters and, if applicable, Light signals
-
-
-
Radio communications in accordance with the required procedures
-
-
-
Flights at least until the first flight into the round
-
-
-
Departures on the departure route from the air traffic control
-
-
-
When landing on an airfield
-
-
-
Orientation on the airfield
-
-
-
Characters and air traffic control statements
-
-
-
Possibly Light signals
-
-
-
Departure of the motor seglers
-
-
-
Flight production procedure
Navigation triangle flight
-
-
-
Independent preparation and implementation of at least two navigation triangle flights, of which one is accompanied by a flight instructor and one as a single flight over a distance of at least 270 km each, in which two of the starting points are different from the starting point Airfields are to be carried out until the complete standstill.
Exercises up to exam maturity with and without flight instructor up to safe control
Note: Simulated engine failure after the start and external landing exercises may only be performed with flight instructors.
Note: Only if the flight instructor has given a flight order and is present at the airfield, the flight instructor shall be set up and started on a solo flight.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 6C Theoretical test for the acquisition of class authorization for motor sailors for holders of the licence for sailplane guide
(on § 9)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 101
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination is to be requested by the instructor/instructor for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This examination shall be a written or computer-assisted examination in the four subjects listed below and may, at the discretion of the competent authority, be filed on one or more days. Several examination subjects can be combined. An exam consists of at least 50 questions. The predominant part of the examination must consist of multiple choice questions according to the respective valid official questionnaire. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
| Bin |
Machining time hours
(maximum) |
| Navigation, flight performance and flight planning |
1:30 |
| General aircraft customer, technology |
1:00 |
| Behaviour in special cases |
0:30 |
| Human capacity * |
(0:30 *) |
| total |
3:00 (3:30 *) |
-
*
-
Only part of the theoretical examination, if this subject is not in any previous theoretical test to obtain a license or authorization according to LuftPersV or JAR-FCL 1 or 2 tested and passed.
|
-
3.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. Points may only be awarded for correct answers.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 7A Curriculum for theoretical training to acquire the licence for outdoor swimming pool guides
(on § 10)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 102-116 LUFTRECHT
Legal basis
-
-
-
Air Traffic Act (LuftVG)
-
-
-
Air Transport-Admission Order (LuftVZO)
-
-
-
Air traffic order (LuftVO)
-
-
-
Regulation for the testing of aeronautical equipment (LuftGerPV)
-
-
-
Aviation staff regulation (Air PersV)
-
-
-
Implementing Regulations to the Air PersV
-
-
-
Operating Regulations for Aeronautical Equipment (LuftBO)
-
-
-
Implementing Regulations to the Air BO
-
-
-
Other laws and regulations, insofar as they are important for the outdoor pool guide
National and international organisation of aviation
-
-
-
Federal Ministry of Transport, Building and Urban Development (BMVBS)
-
-
-
Aviation-Federal Office (LBA)
-
-
-
Aviation authorities of the countries
-
-
-
Federal Agency for Air-Accident Investigation (BFU)
-
-
-
Deutsche Flugsicherung GmbH (DFS)
-
-
-
German Weather Service (DWD)
-
-
-
ICAO
-
-
-
Responsibilities and tasks
-
-
-
JAA
-
−
-
Responsibilities and tasks
-
-
-
EASA
-
−
-
Responsibilities and tasks
Publications for air drivers
-
-
-
AIP VFR
-
-
-
Breakdown and use
-
-
-
VFR bulletin
-
-
-
News for Air Drivers Part I and II (NfL I and NfL II)
-
-
-
NOTAM
-
-
-
Aviation Cards ICAO
Airports
-
-
-
Types of aerodros
-
-
-
Flight space constraints
-
-
-
External start and landing
-
-
-
Emergency landing
-
-
-
Security landing
Aircraft
-
-
-
Equipment subject to authorisation
-
-
-
Types
-
-
-
Authorisations
-
-
-
Checks
-
-
-
Airworthiness instructions
Aviation staff
-
-
-
Training
-
-
-
License
-
−
-
Grant
-
−
-
Enlargement
-
−
-
Extension
-
−
-
Renewal
-
−
-
Withdrawal
-
-
-
Exercise of rights
-
-
-
Validity abroad
-
-
-
Validity of foreign licenses
-
-
-
Permissions
Participation in air transport
-
-
-
Obligations of participants in air transport
-
-
-
General rules
-
-
-
View flight rules
-
-
-
Airspace classification
-
-
-
Air navigation rules
-
-
-
Aircraft equipment
-
-
-
general flight operating rules
-
-
-
Journeys in international transport
Air Service
-
-
-
Legislation of the mobile radio service
-
-
-
Authorisation and approval of radio equipment
-
-
-
Radio-speaking procedures
-
-
-
Emergency and emergency transport
-
-
-
Regulation on air traffic control equipment for aircraft
Operation of the voice radio traffic
In the case of flights/journeys by visual flight rules from and to an airfield with air traffic control either in German (BZF II) or in German and English (BZF I) using the stated phrases, expressions, procedures, Abbreviations, including emergency and emergency procedures
Liability of the balloon driver and the insurance obligation of the aircraft holder
Offences, administrative offences
NAVIGATION
Shape of the Earth
-
-
-
Earth Axis, Pole
-
-
-
Meridians
-
-
-
Width Parallel
-
-
-
Large circles, small circles, share price
-
-
-
Hemisphere, North/South, East/West
Card customer
-
-
-
topographic aeronautical maps
-
-
-
Projections and their properties
-
-
-
Angle fidelity
-
-
-
Surface remorse (equivalency)
-
-
-
Scale
-
-
-
Large circles and share prices
Conformal cutting cone projection (ICAO map 1:500.000)
-
-
-
Main properties
-
-
-
Structure
-
-
-
Meridian Convergence
-
-
-
Representation of meridians, parallel lines, large circles and the same course
-
-
-
Scale, Standard Parallel
-
-
-
pictorial representation of height above ground
Reference Direction
-
-
-
right-pointing North (True North)
-
-
-
Earth's magnetic field, misstatement-annual change
-
-
-
North (Mag North)
-
-
-
vertical and horizontal components
-
-
-
Isogones, Null Isogons (Agone)
Magnetic influences in the balloon
-
-
-
Compass Deflection (Deviation)
-
-
-
Avoidance of magnetic interference of the compass
Distances
-
-
-
Devices
-
-
-
Distance measurement as a function of the map projection
Aeronautical maps in practical navigation
-
-
-
Location determination on the map
-
-
-
Width and length
-
-
-
Bearing and removal
-
-
-
Use of an angle meter
-
-
-
Measurement of courses above ground (track) and distances
Map symbolism/use of navigation maps
-
-
-
Map Validation
-
-
-
Topography
-
-
-
Terrain shape (relief)
-
-
-
artificial terrain characteristics
-
−
-
unchanging characteristics (e.g. B. Length-or point-like, one-time or special features)
-
−
-
variable characteristics (e.g. B. Water)
-
-
-
Map Preparation
-
-
-
Orientation based on the map
-
-
-
Characteristics of control points
-
-
-
Position Determination
-
-
-
Air symbols
-
-
-
Air travel information
Basics of navigation
-
-
-
Course on the ground, right-wing and miserable course
-
-
-
Wind speed and speed above ground
-
-
-
expected arrival time
-
-
-
coupling navigation, location, fixed location
Navigation calculations
-
-
-
Conversion of units
-
-
-
Driving time to reach predetermined landing areas
-
-
-
Required gas/ballast supply
-
-
-
Possible travel time with existing gas supply
-
-
-
Driving time and expected landing time
Time calculation
-
-
-
Relationship between Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and Medium Local Time (LMT)
-
-
-
Definition of sunrise and sunset times
Flight planning
-
-
-
Selection of map material
-
-
-
Weather forecasts and reports for the driving distance and the starting position
-
-
-
Assessment of the weather situation
-
-
-
Drawing in the expected direction of travel
-
-
-
Consideration of controlled air spaces, airspace restrictions, danger areas, nature conservation, etc.
-
-
-
Use of AIP and NOTAMS, VFR-Bulletin with Supplements
-
-
-
Connections to the air traffic control centre in controlled airspace
-
-
-
Travel time calculation for gas/ballast supply
-
-
-
Safety mindset along the possible routes
-
-
-
Telecommunications and radio/navigation frequencies
-
-
-
UKW bearing (VDF-Peiler)
-
-
-
Transponder
-
-
-
Satellite Navigation (GPS)
-
-
-
Determination of the carrying capacity
-
-
-
Required Steigraten for safe cross-crossing of obstacles
-
-
-
Flight plan task if required
Practical Navigation
-
-
-
Height adjustment
-
-
-
Organization of work load occurring during the flight
-
-
-
Search for favorable air currents
-
-
-
Compliance with driving height
-
-
-
Implementation of the visual navigation
-
-
-
Location Determination
-
-
-
Connection to the air traffic control centre
-
-
-
Onboard book entry
METEOROLOGY
The atmosphere
-
-
-
Composition and composition
-
-
-
vertical layering
-
-
-
Special features of the troposphere
Pressure, density and temperature
-
-
-
Air pressure, air pressure measurement, isable
-
-
-
Change of pressure, density and temperature with height
-
-
-
Terms from the height measurement
-
-
-
Radiation processes, temperature
-
-
-
Temperature of the day
-
-
-
Stability and Lability
-
-
-
Effect of radiation and advection processes
Air humidity and precipitation
-
-
-
Water vapour in the atmosphere
-
-
-
Humidity
-
-
-
Dew Point, Spread
-
-
-
relative, absolute and specific humidity
-
-
-
Vapour pressure
-
-
-
Condensation, sublimation, evaporation
-
-
-
Precipitation
-
-
-
Formation of precipitation
-
-
-
Rainfall species
Air pressure, wind and wind chicks
-
-
-
High-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Air movement
-
-
-
Pressure gradient (Buys-Ballot's law),
-
-
-
Coriolis force, friction (ground wind and geostrophic wind)
-
-
-
vertical and horizontal air movement, convergence, divergence
-
-
-
Local wind systems (Föhn, Berg-/Talwind, Land-/Seewind, guided wind)
-
-
-
Turbulence and Böge
-
-
-
Influence of wind and wind shelling at start and landing
Cloud Education
-
-
-
Cooling and heating by advection, radiation and adiabatic processes
-
-
-
Cloud classification, Wolkenstockwerke
-
-
-
convective clouds (cumulus clouds)
-
-
-
Stratiform clouds (shift clouds)
-
-
-
Orographically induced clouds
Mist, damp and dry haze
-
-
-
Radiation mist, advection mist, mist of mixing, freezing fog
-
-
-
Formation and dissolution of fog
-
-
-
reduced visibility through damp haze, rain or spray, snow, smoke, dust and sand
-
-
-
Assessment of the probability of the occurrence of reduced visibility
-
-
-
Driving on flights with low horizontal and vertical views
Air masses, high-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Properties of air masses and influencing variables
-
-
-
Division of air masses, development areas
-
-
-
Transformation (change) of air masses during their relocation
-
-
-
Development of high-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Weather events related to high-pressure and low-pressure areas
-
-
-
Deep-pressure gutter, ground and altitude rog (formation and weather events)
Fronts
-
-
-
Formation of fronts and air mass limits
-
-
-
Warmfront
-
−
-
Formation of a hot front
-
−
-
related clouds and weather events
-
-
-
Weather conditions in the hot sector
-
-
-
Cold front
-
−
-
Emergence of a cold front
-
−
-
related clouds and weather events
-
-
-
Reverse Weather
-
-
-
Occlusion
-
−
-
Formation of an occlusion
-
−
-
related clouds and weather events
-
-
-
stationary fronts
-
-
-
related clouds and weather events
Icing
-
-
-
Causes and conditions for icing
-
-
-
Formation and impact of predators, ice-cream, clear ice
-
-
-
Effects of icing on a gas balloon ride
-
-
-
Fliegerische Measures for the prevention of icing
Thunderstorm
-
-
-
Weathering
-
-
-
Air mass thunderstorms, front thunderstorms, orographically induced thunderstorms
-
-
-
Requirements
-
-
-
Development Process
-
-
-
Recognition of favourable conditions for the development of thunderstorms
-
-
-
Hazards for aircraft
-
-
-
Effects of flashes, hail and severe turbulence
-
-
-
Avoidance of journeys in the vicinity of thunderstorms
Cruises over mountainous terrain
-
-
-
Influence of the terrain on atmospheric processes
-
-
-
Formation of Leeshafts
-
-
-
local wind systems, up and down winch, rotors
-
-
-
Hazards
Climatology
-
-
-
general seasonal circulation in the troposphere over Europe
-
-
-
Seasonal local weather conditions and wind conditions
Height measurement
-
-
-
Importance of pressure settings for air transport
-
-
-
Pressure level, density level
-
-
-
Height above ground, altitude above sea level, airfields
-
-
-
ICAO Default Mosphere
-
-
-
QNH, QFE, QFF, QNE (default settings)
Organisation of meteorological security of air traffic
-
-
-
Flight weather forecast and consulting-LBZ consultation
-
-
-
Flying Weather-FWW-Briefing and Documentation
-
-
-
Flying weather station (observation)
-
-
-
Availability of periodic weather forecasts
Weather Analysis and Forecast
-
-
-
Weather maps, symbols, signs
-
-
-
Maps for predicting significant weather conditions (Significant Weather Charts)
-
-
-
Forecasting cards for general aviation
Weather information for driving preparation
-
-
-
Reports and forecasts for a planned balloon ride
-
-
-
Evaluation of regular flight weather reports (METAR) and warnings (SIGMET, AIRMET, and others)
-
-
-
Weather information about self-briefing systems Flight weather consulting
-
-
-
Get personal flight weather advice
Weather radio broadcasts for aviation
-
-
-
VOLMET, ATIS
AEROSTATICS
Balloon in general
-
-
-
State of normals of gases
-
-
-
Gas laws
-
-
-
Uplift, sham-on and sham downforce
-
-
-
Yield, sinking and climbing power
-
-
-
Effect of wind forces on balloons on the ground, air resistance
-
-
-
Stress of the balloon envelope due to wind chucks and turbulence
Gasballon
-
-
-
Behaviour of collimation and impructing gas balloons
-
-
-
Normal height, impact height
-
-
-
Dependence of the load on the height
-
-
-
Dependence of the load on the type of filling gas
-
-
-
Changes in the load caused by external influences
-
-
-
Effect of manoeuvring valves
-
-
-
Effect of quick-release valves
Hot Air Balloon
-
-
-
Carrying capacity and calculations
-
-
-
Climbing and sinking
-
-
-
Effect of manoeuvring valves
-
-
-
Effect of quick-release systems
-
-
-
Internal pressure and forces in the balloon envelope
-
-
-
Effect of external influences on the hot air balloon, forces at the shell
-
-
-
Loss of bearing force due to balloon encapsulation
GENERAL AERONAUTICS, TECHNOLOGY
Gasballon
Envelopes
-
-
-
Construction types and sizes
-
-
-
Materials used
-
-
-
Perfection
-
-
-
Maneuvering valves and quick-release systems
-
-
-
Electrostatic discharge
-
-
-
Leinen
-
-
-
Adhesive joints and their load capacity
Baskets
-
-
-
Construction
-
-
-
Material
-
-
-
Corring
-
-
-
Towing rope
-
-
-
Holding tau
Exhaust gases
-
-
-
Exhaust gases and their properties: hydrogen, helium, luminous gas and ammonia
-
-
-
Explosions
-
-
-
Weight
-
-
-
Temperature behavior
-
-
-
Accident risk and accident prevention
-
-
-
Handling of load-bearing gases during storage, tank operation, filling of tank wagons, filling of lines and emptying of the balloon
-
-
-
Possible sources of ignition
-
-
-
Explosion protection
Safety devices (on the ground)
-
-
-
Fire extinguishers
-
-
-
Operation and proper use
-
-
-
Leaflet accident prevention Gasballon
Filling equipment for gas balloons
-
-
-
Types of gas supply to fill gas balloons
-
-
-
From low pressure lines (overpressure less than 1 bar):
-
-
-
Hoses
-
-
-
Fittings
-
-
-
From pressure lines larger than 1 bar or from pressure vessels up to 42 bar:
-
-
-
Hoses
-
-
-
Pressure reducer
-
-
-
Fittings
-
-
-
From high pressure vessels (up to 200 bar)
-
-
-
Hoses
-
-
-
Pressure reducer
-
-
-
Fittings
-
-
-
with hydrogen or helium liquid and deep cold (-250 degrees C)
-
-
-
Evaporators
-
-
-
Fittings
-
-
-
Hoses
Ballast
-
-
-
Sand properties
-
-
-
Problems with Frost
-
-
-
Fixing the sandbags
-
-
-
Water
Permissible maintenance, maintenance, testing and repair of balloons
Hot Air Balloon
-
-
-
Balloon envelopes
-
−
-
Construction types and sizes
-
−
-
Materials used
-
−
-
Valve types including operating lees
-
−
-
Emptied and rapid emptying systems. Operating leds/straps
-
−
-
Parts
-
−
-
Scoops and Schürzen
-
−
-
Crown ring, Kronenleine
-
−
-
Burner frame
-
-
-
Types of construction
-
−
-
Seilanes
Baskets
-
-
-
Construction types and sizes
-
-
-
Materials used
-
-
-
Corbropes and supports
-
-
-
Equipment
Start captors
-
-
-
Different types of construction and their special features
-
-
-
Operation and Precautions
Fan
-
-
-
Types of construction
-
-
-
Working methods, air flow and scattering, optimal installation
-
-
-
Hazards and Precautions
-
-
-
Testing and operational safety
Permissible maintenance, maintenance, testing and repair of balloons
Liquid gas
-
-
-
Physical and combustion properties of propane and butane
-
-
-
Steam pressure and pressure behaviour in full containers
-
-
-
Gas and liquid phase, volume change
-
-
-
Evaporation behavior
-
-
-
Explosions
-
-
-
Weight
-
-
-
Temperature behavior
-
-
-
Accident risk and accident prevention
-
-
-
Handling of liquid gas during tank operation, storage and operation of liquid gas plants
-
-
-
Possible sources of ignition
-
-
-
Explosion protection
Security Facilities
-
-
-
Fire extinguishers
-
-
-
Operation and proper use
-
-
-
Accident information sheet liquefied gas
Liquid gas container for hot air balloons
-
-
-
Construction types, sizes and materials used
-
-
-
inner structure and functions
-
-
-
Dip tube
-
-
-
Gas phase sampling
-
-
-
Tubing
-
-
-
Overpressure Valve
-
-
-
Fill level display
-
-
-
Construction of external gas valves, valves and valve connections
-
-
-
Controller and pressure reducer
-
-
-
Hoses
-
-
-
various processes for pressure increase in liquid gas containers, advantages and disadvantages
-
-
-
Maintenance and testing for tightness
-
-
-
Filling and removal of liquid gas
-
-
-
Fill or Refilling of liquid gas from tank systems and bottles
-
-
-
Fill by weight
-
-
-
Fill by volume
-
-
-
Withdrawal from the liquid phase
-
-
-
Withdrawal from the gas phase
-
-
-
Existing rules and security measures
Heating system
-
-
-
Construction and construction of burners
-
-
-
Operation of the various burner components
-
-
-
Manometers
-
-
-
Travel Valve
-
-
-
Pilot flame valve
-
-
-
Pressure reducers in single hose systems
-
-
-
Pilot flame
-
-
-
Piezo igniter
-
-
-
Evaporators
-
-
-
Burner nozzles
-
-
-
Remote control solenoid valve
-
-
-
Operation, maintenance, testing
-
-
-
Malfunctions and their elimination
-
-
-
on the ground
-
-
-
in the air
Balloon in general
Onboard instruments
-
-
-
Altimeter
-
−
-
Construction of mechanical and electronic equipment
-
−
-
Mode of action
-
−
-
Settings
-
-
-
Baroque
-
-
-
Variometer
-
−
-
Construction of the different types of equipment
-
−
-
Function principle and display
-
−
-
Auxiliary in case of variometer failure
-
-
-
Thermometer (hot air balloon only)
-
-
-
Different types of equipment and their special features
-
-
-
Measured value transfer for display
-
-
-
Placement of the sensor
-
-
-
Compass
-
-
-
GPS
-
-
-
Working methods
-
-
-
Settings
-
-
-
Readable Information
Documents
-
-
-
Registration Form
-
-
-
Airworthiness certificate
-
-
-
Annual review
-
-
-
LTA
Flight Guide
-
-
-
Minimum Equipment
-
-
-
Operating limits
-
-
-
Operating Instructions
-
-
-
Maintenance, maintenance, repairs
-
-
-
Clearlists
Open-air indoor swimming pool
-
-
-
On-board papers (full count, validity)
-
-
-
Equipment (full, functional)
-
-
-
Co-driver on board (briefing)
-
-
-
Checks carried out by clear list
-
-
-
Operating limits complied with
BEHAVIOUR IN SPECIAL CASES
Start
-
-
-
Critical wind conditions
-
−
-
strong ground wind
-
−
-
Böen
-
-
-
Windshelling
-
-
-
Spectators at the starting point
-
-
-
Obstacles in the start direction
-
-
-
Burner pressure in the inadmissible area (hot air balloon only)
-
-
-
Non-opening of the filling set (gasballoon only)
Ride
-
-
-
Cruises over mountains
-
-
-
Cruises at high altitudes
-
-
-
Driving at night
-
-
-
Trips over water
-
-
-
Loading by rain, snow, hail
-
-
-
Vision deterioration due to fog, haze (loss of orientation)
-
-
-
Strong lability, thunderstorms, turbulences
Landing
-
-
-
Critical wind conditions
-
−
-
strong ground wind
-
−
-
Gusts, Windscherung
-
-
-
Highly heated soil layers
-
-
-
Strong ground inversion
-
-
-
Obstacles and power lines
-
-
-
Ballast or Gas shortage
-
-
-
Landing in the forest
-
-
-
Landing on water
-
-
-
Landings in the mountains
Balloon and instruments
-
-
-
Damage and dysfunction of the balloon
-
-
-
Failure of instruments
-
-
-
Failure of speech radio connections
Accidents
-
-
-
Accident site measures
-
-
-
Accident and fault reporting
-
-
-
Property damage
-
-
-
Fire
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of accidents with power lines
-
-
-
Injuries
HUMAN PERFORMANCE
Fundamentals of Physiology
Terms
-
-
-
Composition of the atmosphere
-
-
-
Gas laws
-
-
-
Breathing and bloodstream
Effects of partial pressure
-
-
-
Effect of increasing flight altitude
-
-
-
Gas exchange
-
-
-
Hypoxia (oxygen deficiency)
-
-
-
Symptoms
-
-
-
preventative measures
-
-
-
Cabin Pressure
-
-
-
Effects of rapid pressure drop
-
-
-
Time of Useful Consciousness (TUC)
-
-
-
Use of oxygen masks and emergency descent
-
-
-
Hyperventilation
-
-
-
Symptoms
-
-
-
Avoidance
-
-
-
Effects of accelerations
Vision
-
-
-
Physiology of sight
-
-
-
Limitations of vision
-
-
-
Error
-
-
-
optical illusions
-
-
-
spatial disorientation
-
-
-
Avoidance of disorientation
Hearing
-
-
-
Physiology of hearing
-
-
-
Sensual perceptions of the inner ear
-
-
-
Effects of changes in flight altitude
-
-
-
Noise and loss of auditory sines
-
-
-
Hearing protection
-
-
-
spatial disorientation
-
-
-
Contradictions between acoustical and visual perception
-
-
-
Avoidance of disorientation
Travel sickness
-
-
-
Causes
-
-
-
Symptoms
-
-
-
preventative measures
Fliegerische Fitness
-
-
-
medical requirements
-
-
-
General disorders and their treatment
-
-
-
Colds
-
-
-
Stomach consents
-
-
-
Drugs, drugs and side effects
-
-
-
Alcohol
-
-
-
Fatigue
-
-
-
personal fitness
-
-
-
Passenger Care
-
-
-
Precautions prior to flight after dives
Risk of poisoning
-
-
-
dangerous goods
-
-
-
Carbon monoxide tax by heating systems
Fundamentals of Psychology
The information process
-
-
-
Terms of sensory perception
-
-
-
cognitive perception
-
-
-
Expectation
-
-
-
Anticipation (mental anticipation of action sequences)
-
-
-
Behaviors
The central decision-making path
-
-
-
mental stress, load limits
-
-
-
Sources of information
-
-
-
Stimuli and attention
-
-
-
verbal communication
-
-
-
Memory and memory
-
-
-
Causes of misinterpretations
Stress
-
-
-
Causes and effects
-
-
-
Excitation states
-
-
-
Impact on performance
-
-
-
Detecting and reducing stress
Assessment of the situation and decision-making
-
-
-
Concepts for the assessment of the situation
-
-
-
Vegetable conditions
-
-
-
Behavioral patterns
-
-
-
Risk assessment
-
-
-
Development of situational awareness
-
-
-
typical decision errors
-
-
-
Series (chain) of incorrect decisions
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 7B Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of the licence for outdoor swimming pool guides
(on § 10)
Site of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 117-124 General The following curriculum is a guideline for the course and the contents of the practical training. The outdoor pool used in practical training has to be suitable for training. Since it is not possible to take into account all the pattern-specific characteristics of different balloons, all the exercises are to be carried out in accordance with the procedures described in the flight manual of the balloon used in the training.
All checks shall be carried out on the basis of the clearlists.
GAS BALLOONS
Gas balloons shall be operated in the preparation of a journey, start, journey, landing and disarmament according to the information provided by the manufacturer's flight manual and the clearlists to be drawn up pursuant to § 27 LuftBO.
Starting and starting preparation
General preparations
-
-
-
Check the full count and validity of the on-board documents
-
-
-
Check the full count and validity of the personal papers
Preparation for a ride
-
-
-
Validate Launch Approval for Intended Launch Site
-
-
-
Get weather advice, own weather observations
-
-
-
Travel preparation on maps
-
-
-
Discover air spaces on ICAO map
-
-
-
Landing area in the direction of travel and accessible distance
-
-
-
Protection areas in the direction of travel to environmental map
-
-
-
Preparing for travel with AIP, VFR-Bulletin and Nighträgen, AIS
-
-
-
Ggf. Abandon flight plan
-
-
-
Calculation of the ballast sufficient for the required height of the ride
-
-
-
Ensure minimum ballast
Start preparation at launch site
Launch Site
-
-
-
Establish and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements
-
-
-
Check Launch Site for Fitness
-
-
-
Ground
-
-
-
Wind power and direction
-
-
-
Obstacle clearance in the starting direction
-
-
-
Set and lock off the starting point
Ground crew
-
-
-
Assign the ground crew to the planned process including the start and the command
-
-
-
Distribute the individual tasks and explain the details to the respective performer
-
-
-
Check the crew's protective clothing and protective gloves
Shell (netballon)
-
-
-
Lay out the cover
-
-
-
Laying the net over the cover
-
-
-
Insert tearbelt and kneel
-
-
-
Insert and kneel a valve
-
-
-
Install the valve
-
-
-
Hanging sandbags in the net
-
-
-
Controlling the safe distance of the spectators
-
-
-
Attach filler hose
-
-
-
Fill the balloon and then hang the sandbags according to the filling level
-
-
-
Check to see if all linen are clear
-
-
-
Binding the filling line and attaching the retraction line
-
-
-
Corring on basket knees
-
-
-
Power supply lines to the corring
-
-
-
Inflate a balloon
-
-
-
Clarification of the basket (linen, towing, ballast)
-
-
-
Open before start fill-in
Envelope (non-net balloon)
-
-
-
Lay out the cover and connect it to the basket and basket
-
-
-
Check the parachute, opening and fixing tapes for integrity, check connection with the parachuteleine
-
-
-
Check if all linen are clear and do not get tangled up when the balloons are raised
-
-
-
Controlling the safe distance of the spectators
-
-
-
Attach filler hose
-
-
-
Attach an emergency aid or insert a person to hold down the parachute side of the envelope
-
-
-
Before leaving the envelope, check again that the high-speed balloon will not endanger anyone, especially no one in the area of the envelopes will stop
-
-
-
When the balloon stands, refill quickly until the desired filling level is reached, then remove filling device
Start, ride, landing
Start
-
-
-
Review of all fortifications of basket and envelopes
-
-
-
Check to see if there is sufficient ballast on board and safe
-
-
-
Starting direction free of persons and obstacles
-
-
-
Resolving backups
-
-
-
Allow balloon to be weighed down by starting ladder
-
-
-
Command of the weighing:
-
-
-
ATTENTION! -Announcement
-
-
-
VENTIFTEN! -Release the holding part, release the basket
-
-
-
HOLD! -Halteleine under tension, holding balloon on the corbrand
-
-
-
After weighing again check ballast supply
-
-
-
Ballast ready for quick ballac delivery
-
-
-
In the case of a pendulating envelope, release the balloon during the return of the casing at the moment when the casing is located vertically above the basket.
-
-
-
Launch
-
-
-
Quickly climb to safety minimum height
-
-
-
Issue a start message, if required
Ride
Driving exercises during the ride
-
-
-
Compliance with an equal driving height
-
-
-
Scheduled height changes with uniform up-and-down rates
-
-
-
Controlled transition to uniform ride height after up or down
-
-
-
Comparing the variometer data with your own observation
-
-
-
Adherence to the height of the ride without any instrument observation
-
-
-
Trips to get to know the balloon behavior with special attention to the obstacle clearance in the direction of travel
-
-
-
Periodic inspection of all lees on sufficient sag
-
-
-
Regular checking of the ballast supply
-
-
-
Getting to know the gas consumption under different conditions
-
-
-
Regular repetition of the emergency procedures up to automated action is available
All exercises are to be carried out under different weather conditions and different temperatures
Other activities during the journey
-
-
-
Observation of the weather and the resulting decisions on the further course of the journey
-
-
-
Location provisions with different methods
-
-
-
Observation of the direction of travel at different heights to reach favorable landing areas
-
-
-
Calculation of driving speed
-
-
-
Necessary radio contacts with air traffic control points and ground crew
Landing
Preparations for landing
-
-
-
Check the wind speed and wind direction on the ground, e.g. by observation of smoke, flags, trees, grasses etc.
-
-
-
The choice of the landing site taking into account the ground wind: sufficient size, obstacle clearance in the direction of landing, wind shadows, valleys
-
-
-
Re-briefing of the co-drivers
-
-
-
Stowage of all moving objects
-
-
-
Hanging ballast on the grinding side, securely stowed
-
-
-
Setting a latest set point on the planned landing field
-
-
-
Get off to near the ground, use slower air shifts to reduce speed, do not brake with trees or shrubs
-
-
-
Hold Parachuteleine handle ready
Landing with standing balloon in low to light ground wind
-
-
-
Allow the balloon to sink evenly, or Keep height above ground
-
-
-
Set up a balloon at a suitable landing site
-
-
-
Drain off the gas before it is placed in order to avoid a renewed lifting
Landing with a lying balloon with a stronger ground wind
-
-
-
As far as possible still in deep-drilling, if necessary on tow, to reduce speed
-
-
-
Unsecure tearbelt. Pull the tearbelt in the appropriate height quickly, let go before the setting and hold on well
-
-
-
In the case of parachute emptying systems at an appropriate height Parachuteleine quickly pull through, shortly before setting up well hold, do not let go of parachuteleine
-
-
-
Approaching the ground with the necessary sinking speed at short landing distances shortly after the last obstacle
-
-
-
Depending on the emptying system, quickly pull through two to five seconds before it is placed, prevent it from being lifted off, and prevent it from being lifted off again
In each landing, a renewed lifting and thus connected pendulum of the balloon is to be avoided by opening the parachutes in a timely way before it is placed on the surface. If a landing is not carried out until the previously defined latest possible landing point, then start!
Balloon draining (net-free balloon)
-
-
-
After landing balloon so far empty, that the passengers can get out
-
-
-
Let the driver get off one after the other
-
-
-
Keep spectators at the necessary distance and point out smoking ban
-
-
-
Inflate the balloon further
-
-
-
Ground crew pulls on the holding parts in the direction of the air flow
-
-
-
When the casing is on the ground, hold up the parachute opening for emptying. The cover should be approx. are kept a meter away from the parachute opening in order to avoid direct contact with the outflowing gas. Do not inhale the gas flowing out of the gas
-
-
-
Pilot leaves as the last to leave the basket
-
-
-
If necessary, issue a landing report on air traffic control
Balloon emptying (net balloon)
-
-
-
After landing balloon so far empty, that the passengers can get out
-
-
-
Let the driver get off individually
-
-
-
Keep spectators at the necessary distance and point out smoking ban
-
-
-
Inflate balloon over the tear line. In this case, the tear web is to be opened quickly and sufficiently.
-
-
-
When the envelope is on the ground, hold up the tear-way opening for emptying. The casing should be kept approximately one meter away from the parachute opening in order to avoid direct contact with the outflowing gas. Do not inhale the gas flowing out.
-
-
-
Pilot leaves as the last to leave the basket
Packaging
-
-
-
Equipping the casing and the basket in accordance with balloon patterns
-
-
-
Make a record in the board and travel book, register identified defects and report
-
-
-
Take note of ownership rights when driving on the landing site
maintenance, maintenance
-
-
-
Preparing wireless devices for loading
-
-
-
Storage
-
-
-
Drying
Note: If there are still gas balloons of old construction (slide, valve, net), the instructions in the flight manual must be taken into consideration in analogy to the procedure.
HEISSLUFTBALLONE
Hot-air balloons shall be operated in the preparation of a journey, start, journey, landing and disarmament according to the specifications of the manufacturer's flight handbook and the clearlists to be drawn up pursuant to § 27 LuftBO.
Starting and starting preparation
General preparations
-
-
-
Check the full count and validity of the on-board documents
-
-
-
Check the full count and validity of the personal papers
Preparation for a ride
-
-
-
Validate Launch Approval for Intended Launch Site
-
-
-
Get weather advice, own weather observations
-
-
-
Travel preparation on maps
-
-
-
Discover air spaces on ICAO map
-
-
-
Landing area in the direction of travel and accessible distance
-
-
-
Protection areas in the direction of travel to environmental map
-
-
-
Preparing for travel with AIP, VFR-Bulletin and Nighträgen, AIS
-
-
-
Ggf. Abandon flight plan
-
-
-
Carrying out the carrying capacity according to the starting mass, the height of the summit and the temperature at the different heights
-
-
-
Ensure minimum gas supply and minimum landing mass, maximum number of gas cylinders/persons according to basket size
-
-
-
Ensure that all operating limits can be maintained during the journey
Start preparation at launch site
Launch Site
-
-
-
Establish and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements
-
-
-
Check Launch Site for Fitness
-
-
-
Ground
-
-
-
Wind power and direction
-
-
-
Obstacle clearance in the starting direction
-
-
-
Set and lock off the starting point
Ground crew
-
-
-
Assign the ground crew to the planned process including the start and the command
-
-
-
Distribute the individual tasks and explain the details to the respective performer
-
-
-
Check the crew's protective clothing and protective gloves
Balloon basket and gas system
-
-
-
Minimum equipment according to flight manual
-
-
-
Upgrade basket with burner system, check hoses, connect and secure wicker ropes
-
-
-
Secure the gas cylinder fully filled in the correct position
-
-
-
Move hoses without any grippable loops and comply with permissible bending radii
-
-
-
Using a protective clothing, check the complete gas system with all bottles for tightness and operability through the burner sample, then burn all the hoses empty and close all valves, do not release any unburned gas
-
-
-
Attaching, setting, and performing function testing instruments and radio
-
-
-
Take all items such as on-board documents, cards, pilot equipment on board to allow for immediate lifting after the hot filling
-
-
-
Detailed instruction of the passengers for the entire journey
-
-
-
Relocate the basket and connect the start support cable
Shell
-
-
-
Attach and secure a ledge on the burner frame in accordance with the flight handbook
-
-
-
Fan inspection for damage, check tank contents
-
-
-
Before the cover is pulled out, the wind direction is examined again
-
-
-
Controlling the safe distance of the spectators
-
-
-
Set up floor team with protective clothing in filling position, fill the casing cold
-
-
-
Visual inspection Kronenring, fix parachute, check linenlauf, visual inspection case
-
-
-
When shell almost collide, heat encasing air with a burner, and set up balloon
-
-
-
If balloon is vertical, prevent overshooting by command to operator of the crown leine
-
-
-
Retraction of valve and parachuteles and further heating of encasing air
-
-
-
Let the driver ascend, keep the balloon collide by further heating up
-
-
-
Sample valve train and open all the climbing of the parachutes
-
-
-
Turn on instruments and radio
When upgrading, the balloon always holds true to keep the attacking forces by the wind as low as possible and to start as quickly as possible to the balloon and its starting island as short as possible to the wind forces on the ground to suspend.
Start, ride, landing
Start
-
-
-
Inspection of all fastenings of basket and envelopes, burner test
-
-
-
Starting direction free of persons and obstacles
-
-
-
Resolving the start-of-start backup
-
-
-
Announce the start of the ground team and let it go to the side
-
-
-
If the basket lifts off the floor and has enough climbing power, if necessary also to the overwind of sham uplift, triggering start-ups
-
-
-
Quickly climb to safety minimum height
-
-
-
Issue a start message, if required
Ride
Driving exercises during the ride
-
-
-
Compliance with an equal driving height
-
-
-
Scheduled height changes with uniform up-and-down rates
-
-
-
Controlled transition to uniform ride height after up or down
-
-
-
Comparing the variometer data with your own observation
-
-
-
Adherence to the height of the ride without any instrument observation
-
-
-
Trips to get to know the balloon behavior with special attention to the obstacle clearance in the direction of travel
-
-
-
Regular checking of the operational readiness of all burners
-
-
-
Permanent control of the gas supply
-
-
-
Selection of a favourable time for the transfer of empty to full gas cylinders with immediate verification of the tightness and operational readiness of the system. Empty tubes completely before they are closed, if no ring line is used
-
-
-
Getting to know the gas consumption under different conditions
-
-
-
Repeat the emergency procedure on a regular basis until automated action is taken
All exercises are to be carried out under different weather conditions and different temperatures
Other activities during the journey
-
-
-
Observation of the weather and the resulting decisions on the further course of the journey
-
-
-
Location provisions with different methods
-
-
-
Observation of the direction of travel at different heights to reach favorable landing areas
-
-
-
Calculation of driving speed
-
-
-
Necessary radio contacts with air traffic control points and ground crew
Landing
Preparations for landing
-
-
-
Check the wind speed and wind direction on the ground, e.g. by observation of smoke, flags, trees, grasses etc.
-
-
-
The choice of the landing site taking into account the ground wind: sufficient size, obstacle clearance in the direction of landing, wind shadows, valleys
-
-
-
Re-briefing of the co-drivers
-
-
-
Stowage of all moving objects
-
-
-
Check burner and gas supply on all heating systems
-
-
-
Adjust the balloon basket, if there are rotary valves
-
-
-
Setting a latest set point on the planned landing field
-
-
-
Take off up to near the ground, use slower air shifts to reduce speed, do not brake with trees or bushes, expect loss of capacity due to bumps in the casing
-
-
-
Depending on the planned Landeart parachute or quick emptying line, keep in your hand
Landing with standing balloon in low to light ground wind
-
-
-
Sink even further with short focal lengths, or are already holding height above ground near the ground
-
-
-
Close valves for pilot flame when a suitable landing site is reached
-
-
-
Draw valves in a metered manner before placing them in order to avoid a new lifting
Grinding wheel with stronger ground wind
-
-
-
If obstacle clearance sufficient, balloon intercept and uniform height, depending on the emptying system, keep above ground
-
-
-
Close pilot flames on the burner before the planned landing. Close the liquid gas valves of the gas cylinders with sufficient time
-
-
-
In the case of parachute emptying systems at an appropriate height Parachuteleine quickly pull through, shortly before setting up well hold, do not let go of parachuteleine
-
-
-
In quick-release systems in a correspondingly lower height emptying line, quickly pull through, visual inspection, that top is open, and hold on well
-
-
-
Approaching the ground with the necessary sinking speed at short landing distances shortly after the last obstacle
-
-
-
Closing pilot flames
-
-
-
Depending on the emptying system, quickly pull through two to four seconds before it is placed, prevent it from being lifted off, and prevent it from being lifted off again
In each landing, a renewed lifting and thus connected pendulum of the balloon is to be avoided by opening the parachutes in a timely way before it is placed on the surface. If a landing is not carried out until the previously defined latest possible landing point, then start!
Empty balloon
-
-
-
Keep spectators at a safe distance
-
-
-
Burn all hoses empty after landing, close valves, do not release unburnt gas
-
-
-
Let the driver get out of the way
-
-
-
Ground crew pulls on crowns in the direction of the air flow, only slightly opening parachute
-
-
-
When the envelope has reached an inclined position and is no longer over the burner, open the parachute completely
-
-
-
Pilot leaves as the last to leave the basket
-
-
-
Immediately pull the parachute/quick opening line up to the stop at the top of the casing
-
-
-
If necessary, issue a landing report on air traffic control
Packaging
-
-
-
Equipping the hull and the basket according to balloon patterns and instructions in the flight log book
-
-
-
Make a record in the board and travel book, register identified defects and report
-
-
-
Take note of ownership rights when driving on the landing site
maintenance, maintenance
-
-
-
Preparing radio equipment for charging and gas cylinders for filling
-
-
-
Storage
-
-
-
Drying
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 7C Theoretical test for the acquisition of the licence for outdoor swimming pools
(on § 10)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 125
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This examination shall be a written or computer-assisted examination in the seven subjects listed below and may, at the discretion of the competent authority, be filed on one or more days. Several examination subjects can be combined. The exam consists of at least 120 questions. The predominant part of the examination must consist of multiple choice questions according to the respective valid official questionnaire. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
Machining time hours (maximum)
| Air legislation, air traffic and air traffic control, including the legislation of the mobile service |
1:00 |
| Navigation |
1:00 |
| Meteorology |
1:00 |
| Aerostatics |
0:20 |
| General aviation knowledge, technology |
0:40 |
| Behaviour in special cases |
0:30 |
| Human performance |
0:30 |
| total |
5:00 |
-
3.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible number of points in this subject. Points may only be awarded for correct answers.
-
4.
-
A practical radio test on the ground shall be carried out separately if the applicant is not already the holder of a flying radio certificate.
-
5.
-
The office examination of about 30 minutes duration per applicant includes the practical handling of the radio communication under the assumption of a flight according to visual flight rules either in German (BZF II) or in German and English as well as the reading of a text in English and the translation into German (BZF I). The handling of the radio communication can be carried out together for several applicants.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 7D Practical examination for the purchase of the licence for outdoor swimming pool guides
(on § 10)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 126-127
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall carry out the practical test on the type of open-air type I used in the course of training. The open-air pool used in the practical test must meet the requirements for carrying out the practical test. The duration of the journey will be about 60 minutes.
-
3.
-
The examiner must discuss the examination program in the guidelines with the applicant prior to the trip.
-
4.
-
The test drive shall be carried out as if the applicant is the sole guide on board the open-air pool. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
5.
-
The examiner shall not participate in the performance of the journey, unless it is necessary to intervene for safety reasons or to avoid unacceptable delays for other air traffic participants.
-
6.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the exercises which have not been carried out will be checked in a further journey.
-
7.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated
-
8.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Conduct of the outdoor pool within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Application of knowledge from aviation and control of the outdoor pool at any time of the journey, so that the successful implementation of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
9.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test will be carried out with " passed " (b) or " not passed " (nb). If more than three exercises are not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. If you do not have an exercise, you only need to repeat the exercise that you have not passed. If you do not pass this exercise again in the repeat check, the entire check must be repeated.
Proof of verification
Practical examination for the purchase of the licence for outdoor swimming pool guides
Name and first name of the applicant: .............................................................
Address: ..................................................................
I. Examination
Balonart: Gas balloon/hot air balloon * Pattern: .....................
Entry Character: ................... Size: ................... m3
Starting place: ................... Start Time: ..................
Landeplatz: ................... Landezeit: ..................
Journey time: ..................
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercises I Evaluation
I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Preparation I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Upgrading of the outdoor swimming pool I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. External and internal control according to clear list I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Start and climb to a predetermined driving height I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Implementation of the journey I
Implementation of the necessary measures and controls I
during the journey I
Navigation I
Emergency procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Radio communications I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Take of heights to reach cheaper I
Driving directions I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Selection of suitable landing areas I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. port of call or at higher wind speeds I
Landing without land contact from I
Security Mind Level I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Final landing I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. emptying of the casing I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Packing of the outdoor swimming pool after the final landing I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Result of the examination:
---------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
---------------------------------
III. Remarks:
...........................................................
Place and date Signature Reviewer
...........................................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 8A Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the licence for airship guides
(on § 11)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 128-141 air traffic law, air traffic and other Air navigation rules
Legislation in the Federal Republic of Germany in the field of aviation
-
-
-
Creation of a law
-
-
-
Laws, legal regulations, guidelines and notices
-
-
-
Overview of the air law
-
-
-
Publications
National organisations in the field of aviation
International organisations in the field of aviation
-
-
-
ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organization)
-
-
-
World Meteorological Organization
-
-
-
JAA/EASA
International agreements
-
-
-
Convention on International Civil Aviation (Chicago Convention)
-
-
-
Warsaw Convention (amendments in The Hague and Guadalajara)
-
-
-
Römer Liability Agreement
Aviation staff
-
-
-
Aviation personnel subject to authorisation
-
-
-
Authorisation of air drivers
Aircraft
-
-
-
Aeronautical equipment subject to authorisation
-
-
-
Type approval of aeronautical equipment
-
-
-
Aeronautical authorisation
-
-
-
Technical operating rules
Airports
-
-
-
Allocation of aerodros
-
-
-
Permit requirement
-
-
-
Marking and humidification of airports
-
-
-
Marking and humidification of landing sites
-
-
-
Military Airfields
Air traffic rules
-
-
-
Basic rules for conduct in air transport
-
-
-
Responsible aircraft driver
-
-
-
Flight Preparation
-
-
-
View flight rules
-
-
-
Minimum distance to other aircraft and obstacles
-
-
-
Backup Rules
-
-
-
Light guidance for aircraft
-
-
-
Flight operations on a aerodrome without and with air traffic control centre
-
-
-
Obligations of the aircraft driver
-
-
-
Airspace order of the Federal Republic of Germany
-
-
-
Flight Schedule
-
-
-
Air traffic control clearance
-
-
-
Radio traffic
-
-
-
Signals and characters
-
-
-
Time and units of measure
-
-
-
Indication of flight accidents and other disturbances
-
-
-
Danger message
-
-
-
Dropping objects
-
-
-
Reklamefluge
-
-
-
External launches and external landings of airships
-
-
-
Exercise flights under approved instrument flight conditions
Air traffic control, search and rescue service
-
-
-
Construction of air traffic control
-
-
-
Air traffic control service
-
-
-
Flight Information Service
-
-
-
Flight alarm service
-
-
-
Flight Consultation Service
-
-
-
Flight telecommunications service
-
-
-
Flight navigation service
-
-
-
News Office for Air Drivers
-
-
-
Search and Rescue Service (SAR)
-
-
-
Geographical area of the search and rescue service of the FRG
-
-
-
SAR facilities
-
-
-
Procedure
-
-
-
Signals and characters
Flight Operations
-
-
-
General
-
-
-
Aeronautic equipment, in particular air navigation equipment
-
-
-
Flight Guide
-
-
-
Ban on the putting into service of air-infamous aircraft
-
-
-
Equipment failure failure
-
-
-
Obligations of the aircraft driver
-
-
-
Required quantities of operating material
-
-
-
Flight operating rules for the operation of aircraft in air carriers
-
-
-
Air carriers
-
-
-
Air-ship equipment
-
-
-
Flight Operations Manual (FBH)
-
-
-
Flight Operations Manager (FBL)
-
-
-
Composition of flight crew
-
-
-
Flight duty and rest periods of crew members
-
-
-
Stay in the driver's room
-
-
-
Flight implementation plan
-
-
-
Fuel quantities
-
-
-
Minimum Equipment List
-
-
-
Minimum flight heights by FBH
-
-
-
Passengers
-
-
-
Weather schedule conditions
-
-
-
Transport of dangerous goods
-
-
-
Use of professional airship guides outside of air carriers
Other business
-
-
-
Liability
-
-
-
Aviation events
-
-
-
A trip to and from German aircraft
Air Service
-
-
-
Legislation of the mobile radio service (national and international)
-
-
-
Conduct of the radio communication on flights according to visual flight rules in German and English.
Navigation
General Navigation
Basics of navigation
-
-
-
Shape of the earth and site determination on the earth's surface
-
-
-
Navigatory sizes and units of measurement in aviation
-
-
-
Navigation Calculator
-
-
-
Time calculation
-
-
-
Deviation and length difference
-
-
-
Navigatory lines
-
-
-
Spherical Triangle
-
-
-
Meridian Convergence
Card customer
-
-
-
General
-
-
-
Top-of-the-line Merkator
-
-
-
Contact cone map
-
-
-
Lambert 'sche intersection cone-illustration
-
-
-
Airline tickets in the AIP
Coupling navigation
-
-
-
Reference directions
-
-
-
Course terms
-
-
-
Phrases
-
-
-
Speed terms
-
-
-
Fundamentals of the wind triangle
-
-
-
Wind triangular tasks
-
-
-
Wind triangular tasks with the navigation computer
-
-
-
Coupling Navigation (Location Determination)
-
-
-
Course improvements according to the 1/60 rule
Radio navigation
Fundamentals of radio technology
Radio navigation equipment Floor and onboard systems
-
-
-
Non-Directional Radio Beacon/NDB
-
-
-
Automatic Direction Finding Equipment (ADF)
-
-
-
VHF Radio Range/VOR (VHF) rotary radio fire
-
-
-
VOR onboard system
-
-
-
GPS (basics, working principle, misconduct)
-
-
-
Radar systems (basics, operating principle, on-board systems)
Radio navigation methods (Homing/standing bearing/tracking)
Foreign-bearing navigation
Radio navigation maps
Flight planning
Determination of the route taking into account
-
-
-
the flight performance of the airship
-
-
-
the availability/availability of the ground crew
-
-
-
the meteorological situation
-
-
-
of navigation devices
-
-
-
the air traffic control system
Map Preparation
Flight Performance Calculation
Fuel Demand Bill
Creation of the VFR flight implementation plan
Creation of the ATC flight plan
Meteorology
Earth's atmosphere
-
-
-
Composition of air
-
-
-
Physical structure and properties
Heat balance of the atmosphere
Atmospheric pressure
-
-
-
Units of Measure
-
-
-
Measurement
-
-
-
Vertical pressure and density distribution
-
-
-
Barometric height level
-
-
-
Isosable and Isohypsen
Temperature
Humidity
Air density
View
Barometric height measurement
Air flows
-
-
-
Geostrophic Wind
-
-
-
Gradient wind
-
-
-
Friction wind
-
-
-
Special orographical air currents
-
-
-
Turbulence
-
-
-
Observation and measurement of the wind
Thermodynamics of the atmosphere
-
-
-
State change of water
-
-
-
Adiabatic operations
Inversion
-
-
-
Ground inversion
-
-
-
Derailed Version
-
-
-
Absinkinversion
Clouds
-
-
-
Cloud Education
-
-
-
International cloud classification
-
-
-
Cloud Observation
Precipitation
-
-
-
Origin
-
-
-
Measurement
-
-
-
Rainfall forms
Dunst
-
-
-
Origin
-
-
-
Shapes
Fog
-
-
-
Radiation mist
-
-
-
Mixing Mist
-
-
-
Advection Nebula
-
-
-
Seerauch
Icing
-
-
-
Types of ice cream
-
-
-
Origin
-
-
-
Measures to prevent ice
-
-
-
Forecast
Thunderstorm
-
-
-
Development stages
-
-
-
Weathered
Air masses
-
-
-
General circulation of the earth, planetary wind system
-
-
-
Division of air masses
-
-
-
Arctic air
-
-
-
Polar air
-
-
-
Tropical air
-
-
-
Equator air
Fronts
The concept of the front
-
-
-
Polarfront
-
-
-
Training of an ideal cyclonic
-
-
-
Warmfront
-
-
-
Hot Sector
-
-
-
Cold front
-
-
-
Occlusion
-
-
-
Frontlike appearances
-
-
-
Trogline, Trog
-
-
-
Convergence Lines
-
-
-
Böenlinie (Squall.Line)
-
-
-
Cold air drops
High-pressure area (anticyclones)
-
-
-
Origin
-
-
-
High pressure structure
Information and documentation
-
-
-
Organisation of the German Weather Service (DWD)
-
-
-
Use of the AIP/MET
-
-
-
Weather reports
-
-
-
Scheduled reports (METAR, TAF, GAFOR, GAMET, Ballonwetter)
-
-
-
Demand messages (SPEZI, SIGMET)
-
-
-
Weather Cards
-
-
-
Current WX Cards
-
-
-
Prognostic WX Cards
-
-
-
AIRREP/PIREP
-
-
-
Weather satellites
Meteorological flight preparation
Aerodynamics
General Basic Terms
-
-
-
Temperature
-
-
-
Print
-
-
-
Density
-
-
-
Gravitational acceleration
-
-
-
Toughness
-
-
-
Compressibility
Flow laws for incompressible, frictionless and stationary fluids
-
-
-
Current thread and current tube
-
-
-
Continuity equation
-
-
-
Basic law of dynamics according to Newton
-
-
-
Bernoullian equation
Boundary layer (GS)
-
-
-
Laminar and turbulent GS
-
-
-
Properties of the GS
Aerodynamic Resistance/Resistance
-
-
-
Resistance Form/
-
-
-
Friction resistance
-
-
-
Pressure resistance (shape resistance)
-
-
-
Profile resistance
-
-
-
Induced Resistance
-
-
-
Interference resistance
-
-
-
Total resistance
Aerodynamics of the airship
-
-
-
Geometric parameters of the airship body
-
-
-
Aerodynamic reference systems and angles
Buoying/buoyanship value
-
-
-
Buoyage formula
-
-
-
Emergence of a lift
-
-
-
Polar charts
-
-
-
Airship polar, profile polar, total polar
Stability
-
-
-
Terms: static stability and dynamic stability
-
-
-
Longitudinal stability
-
-
-
Directional stability
Aerodynamics of the air screw
-
-
-
Aerodynamics on the air screw blade
-
-
-
Flow conditions and pressure conditions in the air screw jet
-
-
-
Efficiency of the air screw
Gas
-
-
-
Physical/chemical properties of gases (aeration gases)
-
-
-
State equation of gases
-
-
-
Gas laws
Aerostatics/Aerostatic lift
General aviation knowledge, technology
Flight performance
Airworthiness rules
Fundamentals of flight performance
-
-
-
Interaction aerodynamics, aerostatics, engine power
-
-
-
Impact of environmental conditions on flight operations
-
-
-
Influence of the carrier gas parameters on the flight stables
Definitions and terms
-
-
-
Speeds
-
-
-
Height terms
-
-
-
Start and landing stages, obstacle free spaces
Flight performance considerations in the flight phases
-
-
-
Maneuvers on the ground
-
-
-
Start
-
-
-
Climbing flight
-
-
-
Travel flight
-
-
-
Sinking
-
-
-
Approach
-
-
-
Landing
-
-
-
Start
Flight instructions in the flight log book
Loading and Focus
Necessity of the loading and gravity calculation
-
-
-
Influences on flight performance
-
-
-
Strength limits
Fundamentals for the calculation of the loading and the centre of gravity
-
-
-
Mass, weight terms, weight (heavyweight)
-
-
-
Empty mass
-
-
-
Operating leermass
-
-
-
Operating mass
-
-
-
Start Mass
-
-
-
Landemasse
-
-
-
Air mass
-
-
-
Zero ballast mass
-
-
-
payload (payload)
-
-
-
static heavy (static heaviness)
-
-
-
permitted masses
-
-
-
Focus and focus limits
-
-
-
Definition "Focus"
-
-
-
Moment/moment equation /static balance
-
-
-
Reference lines/planes
-
-
-
Stations, lever arms
Load and Trim Sheet
-
-
-
Mass and focus limits on the basis of the flight manual
-
-
-
Loading capacity and maximum permissible ground loading of cargo and passenger spaces,
-
-
-
Targeted shift of the center of gravity by transhipment, refuelling and balloon filling
-
-
-
Influence of fuel consumption on the centre of gravity
Airship Customer
Construction methods and aeronautical materials
Loads/Strength
-
-
-
Static loads
-
-
-
Dynamic loads
-
-
-
Safe-life methods (fail-safe method)
-
-
-
Special features in the introduction of power into thin-walled constructions
-
-
-
Aeronautical materials, materials in airship construction
Structure of the airship body
-
-
-
Structure of the skeleton
-
-
-
Structure of the casing, balloon sets, aerated gas cells
-
-
-
Envelope pressure systems and pressure regulation
-
-
-
Structure of the control unit
-
-
-
Structure of the gondola (guide, passenger cabin and cargo cabin)
Airship Control
-
-
-
Operating elements (joystick, control horn, pedals, handwheels)
-
-
-
Transfer elements (control ropes, rods, chains, deflection rollers and levers)
-
-
-
Controls (ruds, flaps)
-
-
-
(Electrical transmission elements and servo motors-see electrical engineering and avionics)
Hydraulic system
-
-
-
Fundamentals of Hydromechanics
-
-
-
Components (pumps, valves, controllers, pressure accumulators, filters, display units, storage tanks, working cylinders, hydraulic motors)
-
-
-
Basic design of hydraulic systems
Chassis
-
-
-
Design types, main groups
-
-
-
Suspension and damping
-
-
-
Wheel body, tyres (and brakes)
Heating and air-conditioning systems (basic knowledge of the structure and working methods)
Fuel system
-
-
-
Requirements and interpretation
-
-
-
Assemblies (tanks, pumps, filters, valves, lines)
-
-
-
Aeration and ventilation
-
-
-
Loading and unloading
-
-
-
Operation and monitoring
Fire extinguisher and fire warning systems
-
-
-
Fire classes and extinguishing agents
-
-
-
Fire warning systems
-
-
-
Installed fire-extinguishing system
-
-
-
Fire extinguishers
-
-
-
Operation and monitoring
Compressed air systems (basic knowledge of construction and working methods)
Emergency and rescue equipment
-
-
-
Emergency exits
-
-
-
Life jackets, Inflatable Boats, Slides, Signalling, Notaxt
Electrical engineering and avionics
Basics of DC technology
-
-
-
Physical/chemical fundamentals
-
-
-
Definition of electrical quantities and basic relationships
-
-
-
Calculation of simple circuits
-
-
-
Batteries
-
-
-
Thermocouples
-
-
-
DC generators and motore
-
-
-
Power monitoring instruments
-
-
-
Electricity consumers
-
-
-
Construction of direct current systems
Fundamentals of alternating current and three-phase current technology
-
-
-
Physical fundamentals, sizes and basic relationships of the alternating and three-phase current technology
-
-
-
Calculation of simple alternating and three-phase circuits
-
-
-
Transformers, converters and rectifiers
-
-
-
Changing/rotary current generators and motors
-
-
-
Construction of interchangeable/rotary power systems
Fundamentals of avionics/electronics
-
-
-
Definition, sizes and physical relationships of vibration
-
-
-
Modulation and demodulation
-
-
-
Devices
-
-
-
Antenna technology
Electronic and radio-technical assemblies
Speakerradio-Bordanlagen (incl. Notsender)
Radio navigation systems and radar systems
Fundamentals of control and control technology
-
-
-
Definitions: Taxation and rules
-
-
-
Analog and digital components of the control loop
-
-
-
Structure and behavior of the control loop
Fundamentals of computer technology
-
-
-
Switching algebra
-
-
-
General structure of a computer
-
-
-
Tasks of the CPU, the motherboard, the BUS and the interfaces
-
-
-
Data Store
-
-
-
Input/Output peripherals
Instruments
DosenInstruments
-
-
-
Altimeter
-
-
-
Radio altimeter
-
-
-
Travel knives
-
-
-
Variometer
Gyro Instruments
-
-
-
Gyroscope
-
-
-
Kurskreisel
-
-
-
Artificial horizon
Compass
-
-
-
Magnetic compass
-
-
-
Remote-compass systems
Engine and plant monitoring instruments
-
-
-
Tachometer
-
-
-
Pressure gauge
-
-
-
Temperature meter
-
-
-
Consumption measurement
-
-
-
Stock measurement
-
-
-
Torque measurement
-
-
-
Vibration measurement
Instruments for monitoring the air-carrier gas and balloon air parameters
Radio navigation instruments
Integrated flight monitoring systems
Remote transmission systems
Engines
Kolbentriebwerke
-
-
-
General terms and basic knowledge of thermodynamics (-mechanical heat equivalent, adiabatic, isochore-, isobare-, isotherm and politropic state change, cyclic processes of the gasoline and diesel engine)
-
-
-
Division of the piston engines according to the operating principle and the design
-
-
-
Assemblies (crank mechanism, crankcase, cylinder, valve control, auxiliary gear, propeller-reduction gear)
-
-
-
Efficiency of the engine
-
-
-
Power output/performance curves/performance characteristics
-
-
-
Performance Increase (Lader)
-
-
-
Engine operation and monitoring
-
-
-
Propellers
-
-
-
Cooling system
-
-
-
Ignition system
-
-
-
Fuel system
-
-
-
Fuels (physical and chemical properties)
-
-
-
Mixing ratio and combustion process
-
-
-
Lubrication system, (oversight of construction and operation)
Turbine engines (Overvision only)
-
-
-
Propeller turbines and turbine air jet engines (main building groups, working principle and working methods)
Special situations in flight operations
Emergency landings
-
-
-
General rules for emergency and security landings
-
-
-
Emergency landings on difficult terrain with and without support by ground crew
-
-
-
Emergency landings on water
-
-
-
Emergency landings without engine support (free ballooning)
Meteorological hazard situations
-
-
-
Behavior in a deteriorating view
-
-
-
Thunderstorm
-
-
-
Fog and fog swab
-
-
-
Turbulence
-
-
-
Rain, hail and snow
Behaviour in open and sweling fire
-
-
-
Gasifier fire
-
-
-
Engine fire
-
-
-
Shell Fire
-
-
-
Fire in the cabin and in the cockpit
-
-
-
Smoke development in the cockpit and cabin
-
-
-
Selection of extinguishing agent according to fire class
-
-
-
Application of a fire extinguisher
-
-
-
Delete Hazed
Life jackets
-
-
-
Swimming aids and life jackets
-
-
-
Handling and use of life jackets
Bergerolle
-
-
-
Importance for emergency
-
-
-
Responsibilities of flight crew and flight attendants
-
-
-
Preparation of passengers for emergency
-
-
-
Behaviour at the moment of emergency landing
-
-
-
Preparation and implementation of evacuation
Air turbulence caused by other aircraft (large aircraft)
-
-
-
Cause of swirling
-
-
-
Influence of velocity and mass of the vortex
-
-
-
Perseverance and spread of the vertebrae
Human performance
Physiology for airship guides
Atmosphere and respiration
-
-
-
Atmosphere
-
-
-
Breathing
-
-
-
Impact of reduced overall pressure
Sensual organs and spatial orientation loss
-
-
-
Eye and vision
-
-
-
Lagesinn of the body in space
-
-
-
Ear, hearing aid and balance organ
-
-
-
Spatial orientation
Fliegerische Fitness
-
-
-
Fliegerische Fitness
-
-
-
Nutritional physiology
-
-
-
Influence of drugs, drugs, alcohol and smoking
Principles of Flight Psychology
Human Information Processing
-
-
-
Attention and Vigilance
-
-
-
Perception
-
-
-
Memory
-
-
-
Learning and behavior
Human error
-
-
-
Reliability of human behavior
-
-
-
Human error model
-
-
-
Error Creation
Decision Making/Concepts
Error prevention and management, cockpit management
-
-
-
Security awareness
-
-
-
Coordination in flight crew (Multi-Crew Concepts)
-
-
-
Cooperation
-
-
-
Communication
Personality
-
-
-
Personality, Behavior, Setting
-
-
-
Individual personality differences
-
-
-
Detection of risky behavior
Human overloading and subclaims
-
-
-
Activation/Motivation
-
-
-
Stress
-
-
-
Fatigue
-
-
-
Fatigue
-
-
-
Circadian rhythm
-
-
-
Fatigue and stress management
Advanced automation in the cockpit (general overview)
-
-
-
Advantages and disadvantages
-
-
-
"Automation complacency"
-
-
-
Work concepts
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 8B Curriculum for practical training on the acquisition of the licence for airship guides
(on § 11)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 142-143 Flight training on airships
Flight preparation, flight planning, transport/transfer planning for ground crew
-
-
-
External and internal control according to clear list
-
-
-
Driving the engines
-
-
-
Review of engines and systems
Deposit of the mast and maneuvers on the ground
-
-
-
Start
-
-
-
Normal startup procedure
-
-
-
Emergency start method
-
-
-
Start with simulated engine failure
Climbing flight
-
-
-
Compliance with the safe climbing flight path and flight parameters
-
-
-
Transition to horizontal flight
-
-
-
Climbing flight up to "impact height" and flight in "impact height"
Flight exercises
-
-
-
Horizontal manoeuvres and steady horizontal flight
-
-
-
Curve flight
-
-
-
Curve flight with constant radius around a fixed landmark
-
-
-
Orientation, including small orientation, coupling navigation
-
-
-
Wind Determination
-
-
-
Observation and assessment of weather conditions and their development
-
-
-
Compliance with predetermined flight path parameters by instrument
-
-
-
Fly on pre-set courses over the ground
-
-
-
Location determination with the help of radio navigation instruments
-
-
-
Management of the flight implementation plan
Determination of the static severity in flight and trim
-
-
-
Determination of superheat ("Superheat")
-
-
-
Assessment of the masses of ballast, fuel, moisture on the shell
-
-
-
Computational determination of the static severity (faustformeln)
-
-
-
"Flying" the static severity
Sinking
-
-
-
Normal sinking flight
-
-
-
Emergency sinking
Approach
-
-
-
Regulation in the field of aerodrome traffic
-
-
-
Approach with simulated engine failure
Landings
-
-
-
Of varying static severity (including severity < 0)
-
-
-
with simulated engine failure
Ground maneuvers/Growing on the mast/securing of the airship
Radio communications
Use of clearlists
Communication and interaction with the ground crew
Emergency procedure
-
-
-
Engine fire/failure
-
-
-
Smoke/fire in the driver's room/passenger cabin/cargo area
-
-
-
System failures (envelope pressure system, hydraulic system, electrics, instruments, etc)
-
-
-
"Free ballooning" (failure of the entire propulsion system)
-
-
-
Emergency release of the carrier gas after emergency landing and evacuation of the passengers/crew (Bergerolle)
Note: All the elements of flight training are also part of night flight training.
Note: Deviations from the above-mentioned training contents due to the type-specific characteristics of the airship patterns used in the training are approved with the training manual.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 8C Theoretical test for the acquisition of the licence for airship guides
(on § 11)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 144
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination is to be requested by the training manager of the training company for the applicant with the competent authority. This examination is a written or computer-assisted examination. It consists of the following subjects and is to be held in a corridor within 2 days. The place and time of the examination shall be determined by the competent authority.
Examination subject (subject area) examination time minutes
| 1. |
Air legislation, air traffic and air traffic control |
60 |
| 2. |
Navigation |
|
| 2.1 |
General Navigation |
45 |
| 2.2 |
Radio navigation |
45 |
| 2.3 |
Flight planning |
60 |
| 3. |
Meteorology |
60 |
| 4. |
Aerodynamics (gas, aerostatics and aerodynamics) |
60 |
| 5. |
general aeronatal knowledge, technology |
|
| 5.1 |
Flight performance |
30 |
| 5.2 |
Loading and Focus |
30 |
| 5.3 |
Airship Customer |
30 |
| 5.4 |
Electrical engineering and avionics |
30 |
| 5.5 |
Instruments |
30 |
| 5.6 |
Engines |
30 |
| 6. |
Behaviour in special cases |
30 |
| 7. |
human performance |
30 |
| Total: |
570 |
-
2.
-
The examination has been passed if all examination subjects have been passed. An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject.
-
3.
-
A practical radio test on the ground shall be carried out separately if the applicant is not already the holder of a flying radio certificate.
-
4.
-
The office examination of about 30 minutes duration per applicant includes the practical handling of the radio communication under the assumption of a flight according to visual flight rules in German and English as well as reading a text in English and the translation into German (BZF I). The handling of the radio communication can be carried out together for several applicants.
-
5.
-
A repeat examination is to be requested by the applicant and includes all examination subjects that have not been passed until then.
-
6.
-
If the theoretical test is not successfully completed after 2 repeat tests, a new training shall be required in accordance with the competent authority.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 8D Practical examination for the acquisition of the licence for airship guides
(on § 11)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 145-149
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment for the applicant with the competent authority.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall carry out the practical test on an airship used in the course of training. The airship used in the practical test shall comply with the requirements for carrying out the practical test. The duration of the flight must be at least 90 minutes.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The applicant shall carry the airship from the seat from which he/she can carry out the activity of the pilot responsible. The test flight shall be carried out as if the applicant is the only pilot on board. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
5.
-
The auditor shall not participate in the implementation of the flight unless it is necessary to intervene for safety reasons or to avoid unacceptable delays for other air traffic participants.
-
6.
-
The flight path for is selected by the auditor. The flight may end on the starting airfield or any other airfield. Where possible, provision should be made for the planning of the boarding and departure of an airfield with an air traffic control centre or a transit through a control zone. The applicant is responsible for the planning of the flight and has to ensure that all equipment and documentation for the implementation of the flight are on board.
-
7.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
8.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
9.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Conduct of the airship within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Use of knowledge of aviation and control of the airship at any time of flight, so that the safe conduct of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
10.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test are evaluated with "passed" or "fail". If an exercise does not pass in a review section, this section is considered to be unpassed. If more than one examination section is not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. An applicant who does not have only one review section must repeat only the non-passed part. If a section does not pass in the repeat check, the entire check is to be repeated. This also applies to sections that were passed in a previous attempt. The entire examination must be taken within 24 months of the existence of the theoretical examination.
-
11.
-
Further training may be required after a practical test has not been passed. If there are not all sections in the second attempt, then the further training must be determined by the competent authority. The practical test can be repeated as often as desired.
-
12.
-
The following tolerances are general guide values. Turbulences, flight characteristics and flight control of the airship pattern used shall be taken into account by the inspector:
(a) tax course:
-normal flight +-10 degrees
-at the end of curves +-15 degrees
b) Keep a radio standard line +-5 degrees
c) Flight altitude +-150 ft
Proof of verification
Practical examination of the acquisition of the
Licence for air navigation guides
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
I. Implementation of the examination:
Airship pattern: ............... Tags: .............................
Departure location: ........................ Start Time: ...............................
Destination: .......................... Landing time. ...............................
Block time (from Mast/to Mast): ......
II. Result of the examination
---------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
---------------------------------
III. Remarks
................................................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
................................................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
Weather conditions:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At departure point I on route I at the destination
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I
I I
I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------
Seat of the examiner: I Right I Left I Middle I rear I
-------------------------------------------
Evaluation of the individual flight exercises
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exam Section/Exercise I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Flight preparation
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. External and internal control according to clear list
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Anating of the engines
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Review of the engines, systems and systems
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Pushing off the mast
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Start
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.1 Normal starting procedure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.2 Emergency start-up procedure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.3 Launching
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.4 Start with simulated engine failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Steigflug
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1 Compliance of the safe climbing flight path and flight parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2 Transition to horizontal flight
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Flight exercises
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1 Horizontal flight
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.2 Cornering
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.3 Cursed flight with constant radius around a fixed landmark
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4 Orientation, including small orientation
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.5 Wind determination
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.6 Observation and evaluation of weather conditions and their
Development
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.7 Compliance with predetermined flight path parameters by instrument
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.8 Tracking with the help of air navigation tools
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.9 Determination of the location by means of air navigation instruments
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.10 Guided tour of the flight route plan
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Determination of the static severity in flight
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Sinkflug
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1 Normal Sinking Flight
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2 Notsinkflug
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. Anflight
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 Classification in aerodrome traffic
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.2 Approach with simulated engine failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Landings
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.1-with different static severity
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.2-with simulated engine failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. Floor maneuvers/Apply to the Mast
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. Radio communications
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. Use of clearlists
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16. Examination on the ground
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.1 Behavior in engine fire
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.2 Behavior in smoke/fire
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.3 Behavior in system failures
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 9A theoretical training curriculum for the acquisition of the licence for flight technicians on helicopters at the police officers of the federal and state governments
(on § 12)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 150-152 air law
-
-
-
International agreements and organisations
-
-
-
Airworthiness of aircraft
-
-
-
Nationality and Eintragungszeichen
-
-
-
Aviation personnel licensing
-
-
-
Air traffic rules
-
-
-
Navigation methods
-
-
-
Air traffic control and advisory services
-
-
-
Airports and facilities
-
-
-
Search and rescue service
-
-
-
Security
-
-
-
Investigation of air traffic accidents
-
-
-
JAR FCL
-
-
-
National legislation
General knowledge of aircraft
-
-
-
Cell and systems, electrics, engine, emergency systems
-
-
-
Electrical engineering
-
-
-
Engine technology
-
-
-
Emergency equipment
-
-
-
Aircraft and equipment
-
-
-
instruments; aircraft; helicopters
-
-
-
Flight Instruments
-
-
-
Automatic flight control system
-
-
-
Warning and recording equipment
-
-
-
Engine and system monitoring instruments
Flight performance and flight planning
-
-
-
Loading and Focus
-
-
-
Dynamic factors and limitations
-
-
-
Load multiple
-
-
-
Calculation of the priority position
-
-
-
Flight planning and monitoring
-
-
-
Flight planning Overland flight
-
-
-
ICAO ATC flight plan
-
-
-
Processing of flight planning documents
-
-
-
Flights over the lake and far away places
-
-
-
Flight stabs
-
-
-
Airworthiness requirements
-
-
-
Start, route and landing flight stings
-
-
-
Flight Performance Classes
-
-
-
Definition of speed (V (deep) X, V (deep) Y, V (deep) LE, V (deep) LO, V (deep) TOSS, V (deep) NO, V (deep) MIN, V (deep) MAX)
Human performance
-
-
-
Basic Human Factors
-
-
-
Fundamentals of flight physiology and the maintenance of health
-
-
-
Fundamentals of Flight Psychology
Meteorology
-
-
-
Atmosphere
-
-
-
Wind
-
-
-
Thermodynamics
-
-
-
Clouds and fog
-
-
-
Precipitation
-
-
-
Air masses and fronts
-
-
-
Printing systems
-
-
-
Klimalehre
-
-
-
Flight hazards
-
-
-
Meteorological information
Navigation
-
-
-
General Navigation
-
-
-
Basics
-
-
-
Magnetism and compass
-
-
-
Card customer
-
-
-
Coupling navigation
-
-
-
Radio navigation
-
-
-
Radio navigation equipment
-
-
-
Fundamentals Radar
-
-
-
Area Navigation Systems
-
-
-
Ground-independent navigation systems and navigation systems with external reference
Operational procedures
-
-
-
General
-
-
-
Special procedures and hazards
-
-
-
Emergency procedure
Aerodynamics
-
-
-
Undershot aerodynamics
-
-
-
Flow laws
-
-
-
Laminar and turbulent flow
-
-
-
Boundary layer
-
-
-
Bernoullic equation, Venturi effect
-
-
-
Buoyage
-
-
-
Lift theories
-
-
-
Buoyanship
-
-
-
Buoyanship calculations
-
-
-
Resistance
-
-
-
Induced Resistance
-
-
-
Face resistance
-
-
-
Friction resistance and interference resistance
-
-
-
Resistance Value
-
-
-
Soil effect
-
-
-
Wing profiles and wing shapes
-
-
-
Angle of attack, angle of adjustment
-
-
-
Helicopters Aerodynamics
-
-
-
Torque-equal to
-
-
-
Movement of the rotor blades (Schlagen, Pan)
-
-
-
Forces on the rotor blade
-
-
-
Distribution
-
-
-
Autorotation
-
-
-
Stability
-
-
-
Ground resonance
-
-
-
Formation of the vertebline
-
-
-
Control systematics (Nicken, Rolling, Gieren)
-
-
-
Beat the rotor blade handles against the rotor mast (bumping mast)
Radio communications
-
-
-
Definitions
-
-
-
Principles of wave propagation
-
-
-
General procedures
-
-
-
Method in case of failure of the radio link
-
-
-
Emergency and emergency transport
-
-
-
Frequency Management
General aviation safety
-
-
-
Emergency equipment and its use
-
-
-
Fire extinguishers
-
-
-
Engine fire, fire in the cabin
-
-
-
De-icing systems, ice-prevention
-
-
-
Precautions for refuelling
-
-
-
Dangerous goods
-
-
-
Vortex drains
-
-
-
Obstacles, Lines
-
-
-
Windscherung, Start, Anflug und Landung
-
-
-
Nodreuming the helicopter
-
-
-
Emergency landing
-
-
-
Emergency water
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 9B Curriculum for practical training on the acquisition of the licence for flight technicians on helicopters at the police officers of the federal and state governments
(on § 12)
Site of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 153-155 The practical instruction and training is divided into the following parts:
-
-
-
Fliegerische Einweisung
-
-
-
Technical training
The flight instruction can be combined with the training of applicants for a licence for professional pilots, if these flights are carried out with flight instructors or if the provisions of § 117 para. (3) Air PersV is fulfilled. The helicopter used in practical training must be suitable for training.
Fliegerische Einweisung
The transfer shall be carried out in a volume of at least 45 hours.
Small orientation at different heights
-
-
-
Terrestrial navigation with maps of different scale
-
-
-
Airspace observation
-
-
-
Technical monitoring and operation of the helicopter
Overland flight with landings on landing sites, military airfields and airports
-
-
-
Orientation is included. Small-orientation
-
-
-
Determination of
-
-
-
Wind
-
-
-
Speed above reason
-
-
-
Estimated time of arrival (ETA)
-
-
-
Overflight Time (ETO)
-
-
-
Fuel consumption
-
-
-
Last possible reversal point (point of no return)
-
-
-
Collection of data from the air traffic control documents on board and their evaluation
Carrying out the duties of a flight technician on external landings
-
-
-
Determination of wind direction
-
-
-
Support of the helicopter guide in the assessment of the direction of approach and the condition of the landing site
-
-
-
Assessment and monitoring of the obstacle clearance at the side of the helicopter facing away from the pilot
Perception of the tasks of a flight technician during the altitude flight
-
-
-
Orientation
-
-
-
Observation of a possible ice batch
Performance of the duties of a flight technician during the night flight
-
-
-
Service of the cabin and instrument lighting
-
-
-
Operation of the headlights
The flight instruction shall be supplemented by a technical training in order to carry out the duties and duties of a flight technician for the maintenance, maintenance and maintenance of the helicopter, as well as for the search for faults and the detection of faults on the ground.
Technical training
General briefing
-
-
-
Security provisions
-
-
-
Hallen-und Werkstattordnung
-
-
-
Fire protection
-
-
-
Maintenance Operations Guide
-
-
-
Manual for Quality Management
-
-
-
Consumables
Pre-and post-processing of the helicopter
-
-
-
Instruction in the on-board documents
-
-
-
Movement of the helicopter on the ground
-
-
-
Loading and unloading
-
-
-
Cockpit briefing
-
-
-
Pre-flight control
-
-
-
Day Control
-
-
-
Reporting procedures for complaints
Standard procedure
-
-
-
Devices in Measurement
-
-
-
Fundamentals of measuring electrical and mechanical quantities
-
-
-
Basics of testing
-
-
-
Characteristics of the materials used in aeronautics
-
-
-
Safety and health protection measures in case of work on the aircraft
Instruction in the documentation of the aircraft
-
-
-
Maintenance Documents
-
-
-
Technical file
Basic skills
-
-
-
Wire backups
-
-
-
Splice backups
-
-
-
Sheet backups
-
-
-
Screw connections
-
-
-
Cable connections
Maintenance Service
-
-
-
Instruction in maintenance up to the extent of the first greater control
-
-
-
Instruction in special checks after change of assembly
Instruction in the introduction and expansion of main building groups, e.g.:
-
-
-
Engine
-
-
-
Main rotor blades
-
-
-
Main rotor head
-
-
-
Mechanical assemblies
-
-
-
Rear rotor head
-
-
-
Rear rotor blades
Settings/Checks
-
-
-
Engine speed
-
-
-
Tempering temperature
-
-
-
Adjustment angle of the main rotor blades
-
-
-
Basic setting of the rear rotor
-
-
-
Onboard power supply
-
-
-
Inspection of the hydraulic system
-
-
-
Inspection of the control system
Operational Equipment
-
-
-
Installation and removal of special equipment
-
-
-
Function Check
Tests on rotating rotor
-
-
-
Sheet feed,
-
-
-
Dynamic balancing of the main and rear rotor
-
-
-
Vibration Measurement Engine
Troubleshooting and troubleshooting
-
-
-
Failure to leave
-
-
-
Disturbances in pattern-specific systems
This training may be omitted if the applicant for a licence for aircraft technicians on helicopters from the federal and state police officers has completed a completed vocational training as a flight equipment mechanic and a model-specific instruction for the Helicopter pattern on which he is to carry out his activity.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 9C Theoretical test for the acquisition of the licence for flight technicians on helicopters at the police officers of the federal and state governments
(on § 12)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 156
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination is to be requested by the training manager of the training company/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This examination shall be submitted in writing in the following subjects. The processing times specified in the table may not be exceeded. Several examination subjects can be combined.
Max. Machining time in hours
| Air Law |
1:00 |
| General knowledge of aircraft |
1:30 |
| Flight performance and planning |
2:00 |
| Human performance |
0:30 |
| Meteorology |
1:00 |
| Navigation |
1:00 |
| Operational procedures |
0:45 |
| Aerodynamics |
0:45 |
| Radio communications |
No check speech radio traffic, since all FT at least BZF I, if necessary also acquire AZF. |
-
3.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. Points may only be awarded for the correct answer.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 9D Practical examination for the acquisition of the licence for flight technicians on helicopters at the police officers of the federal and state governments
(on § 12)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 157-161
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment for the applicant with the competent authority. The practical test includes a flying examination and a technical examination. Each test piece can be repeated once per se.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall carry out the practical test on a helicopter pattern used in the training. The helicopter used in the practical test shall comply with the requirements for carrying out the practical test. The duration of the flight shall be about 60 minutes.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The applicant shall take up a seat in the helicopter from which he can carry out the operations of the flight technician. The test flight shall be carried out in such a way as to be the applicant of the only flight technician on board. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
5.
-
The flight route for the overland flight shall be selected by the examiner. The flight may end on the starting airfield or any other airfield. Where possible, provision should be made for the planning and implementation of the cross-country flight of the boarding and departure of an airport with an air traffic control centre or a transit through a control zone. The applicant is responsible for the planning of the flight and has to ensure that all equipment and documentation for the implementation of the flight are on board. The overland flight may, in consultation with the applicant and the examiner, be carried out as a separate flight.
-
6.
-
At least one sub-item shall be examined from each section of the technical test. All verified sub-points must be passed in order to pass the technical test. If the applicant does not have the technical examination in one of the subpoints printed in bold, then the entire technical examination must be repeated. In all other cases, the examination of the relevant section shall be repeated.
-
7.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the examination is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections not implemented shall be considered in a further examination.
-
8.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
Proof of verification
Practical test for the acquisition of the licence for aviation technicians
Helicopters at the police officers of the federal and state governments
Name: ............................... First name: .............................
Street: ............................ Place of residence: .............................
I. Fliegerische audit
Helicopter pattern: ............... Identifier: ......................
Start Location: ................ Landeort: .........................
Start Time: ................ Landezeit: ........................
Duration of flight: ....................
-------------- --------------
I left I I I left I I
Seat of the examiner: -------------- Applicant's seat: --------------
I right I I I rear I I
-------------- --------------
Result of the examination:
---------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
---------------------------------
................................................................ ................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
................................................................ ................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
II. Technical examination
Result of the examination:
---------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
---------------------------------
................................................................ ................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
................................................................ ................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
I. Fliegerische audit
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Flight preparation: I I
Route documents, map preparation, I I
Evaluation of the weather and I I
Advice on air navigation services, preparation of the I I
Flightlogs, Flugabfabrication, Betankung, I I
Loading, declaration of the on board I I
Rescue and I I
Safety equipment, presentation and I I
Explanation of the on-board documents. I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Pre-and post-flight control I I
(including Controls at I I
(intermediate landings) I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. airspace observation I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Orientation. I I
Small orientation I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Technical Monitoring and I I
Operation of the helicopter I I
(Instruments, operation of the radio and I I
Navigation equipment, other systems) I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Determination of GS, ETA, ATA, I I
Fuel consumption, wind, I I
Residual flight time. I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Crew Coordination I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Implementation of radio traffic I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Technical examination
1. Safety provisions in the maintenance and operation of
Helicopters
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1 Landeplatzuserungsordnung I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 Halls and Workshop Regulations, I I
Accident prevention regulations I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 Fire protection I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.4 Points of departure and saving of the I I
Helicopters, covering the I I
Helicopters I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5 Moving on the ground, floor transport device, I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.6 Use of external power sources I I
and equipment I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.7 Use of operating and auxiliary materials, I I
Safety data sheets I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Pre-and post-processing of the helicopter
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1 Be and refuelling I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2 Filling and leaving other I I
Operating materials, addition of I I
Deafening agent I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.3 Meaning and application of those on board I I
with operating documents to be carried out: I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Flight Manual I I
-registration form I I
-Airworthiness certificate I I
-verification certificate I I
-Lfz-Bordbücher I I
-FT-Certificate I I
-Noise protection certificate I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.4 Operating internal documents: I I
(e.g. transfer proof, cycleliste) I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. System knowledge of assemblies/components
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.1 Engine I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.2 Cell, airwork, automatic I I
Flight control system I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 Electrics, Avionics I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Work according to the manufacturer's instructions
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.1 Maintenance Work I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.2 Special Controls I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.3 Exchange of assemblies/components I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.4 Documentation: I I
-Structure/Cell I I
-Engine I I
-Special equipment I I
-SB, LS, LTA, I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Additional equipment (as far as gem. Flughandbuch Approved)
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.1 In-and removal I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.2 Functional Test I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.3 Operating Regulations I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.4 Maintenance I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Use of special tools and measuring instruments
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.1 Conversion of units in I I
Metrology I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.2 Application I I
electrical/electronic measuring and I I
Readout Equipment I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.3 Use of torque keys I I
and tensiometer I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Replacement/Examination
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1 Flight Control I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2 Hydraulic system, rotor brake system I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.3 Bordelektrik (e.g. generator voltage,) I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.4 Engine (z.B: RPM, EGT) I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.5 Fuel system I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.6 Late warning system (magnetic plug cell, I I)
Engine) I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.7 Vibration and damping system I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Cockpit
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1 General advertisements I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.2 Test Functions I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.3 switchover functions I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4 Reading procedures and processing I I
sample-specific error messages, I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Storm Search and Survey
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.1 Flight I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.2 Engine I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.3 Equipment I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Treatment of built-up devices and components
-------------
I Rating
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Content I Task I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1 Labelling, storage I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2 Review, Cleaning I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.3 Shipping I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix A A curriculum for practical training in the acquisition of art flight rights
(on § 13)
Site of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 162-164 The aerobatics training of aircraft guides, helicopter guides and gliders is to be carried out on aircraft approved for aerobatic flight. The aircraft used in practical training must be equipped with a double tax and be suitable for training. With the agreement of the competent authority, parts of the training may be carried out on aeroplanes, motorised motorists or gliders. The training contents listed below are to be applied in accordance with the sensual authority responsible for the training establishment/training establishment for the acquisition of the art flight authorization for helicopter guides. Training contents which cannot be carried out by helicopters for technical reasons or design are to be carried out in the training on aeroplanes with flight instructors.
Theoretical instruction
-
-
-
Legal provisions
-
-
-
Safety minimum height
-
-
-
Flight Schedule
-
-
-
Kunstflugräume
-
-
-
Instruction in the rescue system
-
-
-
Human resilience (in addition to HPL)
-
-
-
Instruction in rescue maneuvers (emergency standards), end of
-
-
-
Return spiral
-
-
-
Loss of orientation in the back flight
-
-
-
Use of brake flaps
-
-
-
Backward Slide
-
-
-
Figure Break
Note: The theoretical instruction must be carried out before the practical training begins, and must be documented in the application for acceptance of the practical examination. The duration of the theoretical instruction should not be less than 60 minutes.
Practical training
The exercises are to be performed first with teachers and then on a solo flight afterwards. The goal is the safe mastery of the aerobatic figures and the correct reaction in case of errors.
At the beginning of the flight training, the applicant must familiarrely himself with the aerial vehicle design provided for in the course of training and examination in normal flight and in exaggerated flight conditions. The aircraft shall be flying in all permitted speed ranges. The entry into the turmoil must be done before the first solo flight for practicing the aerobatic figures.
Ground briefing
-
-
-
Handling of the rescue parachute/rescue system
-
-
-
Declaration of the aircraft design
-
-
-
Explanations based on the aircraft cabin of the aircraft
-
-
-
Explanation of the V-n diagram as well as the load multiple
-
-
-
Referral to security limits in case of overloading
-
-
-
Trimming Plan
-
-
-
Instruction in the driver's room
-
-
-
Inspection of the flight clarity of the aircraft according to the clear list and with the aid of the on-board documents
-
-
-
Review before each start
-
-
-
Additional verification for the aerobatics flight according to the clear list
-
-
-
Art Flight Configuration
-
-
-
Correct buckles
Instruction in special flight conditions (hazard briefing)
Move
-
-
-
Overdraft behavior
Normal flight
-
-
-
Slow flight
-
-
-
Flight of the minimum journey
-
-
-
without flaps
-
-
-
with different flap positions
-
-
-
with and without motor power
-
-
-
High-Speed-Stall
Bag flight
-
-
-
Correct end of the bag flight by reducing the angle of attack
-
-
-
Detection of the tearing of the flow and the effect of the side rudder after the flow is torn off and when tipping off
-
-
-
Correct completion of the tilting by counterside rudder and reduction of the angle of attack
Sliding flight
-
-
-
Slowing flight conditions in slow flight
-
-
-
Repetition of the pull-over exercise in case of sliding flight conditions
-
-
-
Correct termination of the tipping and/or of Trudelns
-
-
-
Slow flight and sliding flight conditions during cornering
Back flight
-
-
-
Orientation in the back flight
-
-
-
Horizontal flight in a back position with at least 45 degree direction change
-
-
-
Climbing flight in the back
-
-
-
Sinking in the back
-
-
-
Detection and termination of hazardous situations
-
-
-
Overtake (if the aircraft allows)
-
-
-
Blind flight conditions in the back flight (if the aircraft permits this)
Trudel
-
-
-
Initiate from horizontal flight according to flight log book
-
-
-
End, taking into account the special characteristics and the post-rotation characteristics of the respective aircraft design
-
-
-
Correct the premature end or post-rotation (within the limits specified by the manufacturer) by after-control
-
-
-
Initiate and derive above the baseline
-
-
-
Correct termination of the Trudelns
Flight Training
Note: The exercises are to be flown over a striking, as straight as possible base line. The air space can be observed before the beginning and again during the exercises. Care must be taken to ensure that the art floor space and the basic direction are maintained.
With the exercises and aerobatic figures, the gas lever is to be operated in such a way that overturning of the engine is avoided, but also always the best and most economical performance is achieved. The speeds which are decisive for the respective aerobatic figures can be found in the flight manual of the aircraft used in the course of the training.
Transshipment (Looping)
Overstrike (Looping) from normal flight to top
Turn
Aircraft climbs vertically up, losing more and more on the road. When the standstill is almost reached, rotate aircraft on the right or left around the vertical axis in a fan-like manner until the nose is perpendicular to the bottom vertical downturn in the same lane in which the aircraft has risen slowly
Note: Turns with motor-driven aircraft are basically carried out taking account of the direction of rotation of the engine. Turns in the opposite direction are to be demonstrated in the training, to the differences is to be pointed out.
Controlled Role
Controlled roll right and left
Downturn (role return)
Lift aircraft from horizontal flight with an angle of inclination of 30 to 45 degrees depending on the aircraft pattern
Half-controlled roll (right and left) in the back
5/8 Overstrike (Looping) down
Recovery (Immelmann)
Halfway overstrike (looping) from normal to the top
Half-controlled roll (right and left) from the back position in normal flight position
Practice of the test program on the right and left
Practicing the test programme in a solo flight
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 10B Practical examination for the acquisition of the art flight authorization
(on § 13)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 165-168
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical examination shall be made by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant in the body responsible for the training establishment/training establishment. The application of the theoretical instruction with the number of hours is to be certified by the application.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall lay down the practical test on an aircraft pattern used in training from the class of aircraft used in the training. The examiner decides, at his own discretion, whether the examination flights are assessed from the ground or whether he intends to participate in the test flight. In the latter case, the examiner must satisfy himself that the applicant has carried out the examination programme in a solo flight prior to the test flight. The aircraft used in the practical test shall comply with the requirements for carrying out the practical test.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The applicant shall carry the aircraft from the seat from which he/she can carry out the activity of the pilot responsible.
-
5.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
6.
-
The test consists of a set number of aerobatical figures, which are to be flown in sequence in correct order. In principle, the set number of aerobatic figures has to include all aerobatic figures with all directions to the left and to the right (exception: in the case of motor-driven aircraft, all the turns are in consideration of the motor direction in the direction of rotation of the motor vehicle). the same direction). The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
7.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all aerobatic figures in a fixed row
-
-
-
Flying the test program along the baseline
-
-
-
Resumption of orientation for faulty aerobatic figures
-
-
-
Application of aeronautical knowledge and control of the aircraft at any point in the flight, so that the successful execution of the aerobatics and the test programme is at no time seriously endangered.
-
8.
-
The individual aerobatic figures of the practical test will be with " passed " (b) or " not passed " (nb). If an aerobatic figure is not passed within a set number of aerobatic figures, then this aerobatic figure shall be deemed not to pass and shall be repeated. If more than one aerobatic figure is not passed, the whole series is not passed, and the applicant must repeat the whole examination. With the approval of the examiner, the applicant can repeat the unpassed aerobatic figure or the examination program in the direct connection to the examination once.
Proof of verification
Practical examination of the acquisition of the art flight authorization
Name and first name of the applicant: ..................................
Residence: ........................................................
License No: ..........................
II. Conduct of the audit
Aircraft samples: .............. Identifier: ....................
Place of Examination: ..............................
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test Flight I Date I Start Time I Landing Time I Flight Time I Assessment
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test Flight I I I I I
I I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Repeat I I I I I
Test Flight I I I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. Overall assessment of the audit
-------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
-------------------------------
IV. Remarks
.......................... ..................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
.......................... ..................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
Assessment of aerobatic figures Bestood = b/Not passed = nb
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test Flight I B/NB I I Repeat Test Flight I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Overstrike (Looping) I I Direction I Overstrike (Looping) I
I I transverse position I I
I I Radius I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2nd upswing right I I direction I upturn right I
(Immelmann) I I Querlage I (Immelmann) I
I I Radius I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Roll left I I direction I roll left I
I I Height I I
I I Time I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn right I I direction I turn right I
I I Steig-I I
I I angle I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Roll right I I in direction I roll right I
I I Height I I
I I Time I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn left I I direction I turn left I
I I Steig-I I
I I angle I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. downturn (rolls-I I in direction I downturn (roller pike) I
kehre) right I I Steig-I right I
I I angle I I
I I Steighöhe I
I I 1/2 Roll I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Overstrike (Looping) I I Direction I Overstrike (Looping) I
I I Circle-I I
I I Railway I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Recovery left I I direction I recovery left I
(Immelmann) I I Querlage I (Immelmann) I
I I Radius I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. downturn (rolls-I I in direction I downturn (roller pike) I
kehre) left I I Steig-I left I
I I angle I I
I I Steighöhe I
I I 1/2 Roll I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permissible deviations from the above programme:
Motor-driven aircraft: All Turns in the same direction of rotation, taking account of the direction of the engine;
Gliders: The aerobaic figure overstrike (looping), recovery (immelmann) and downturn (roller keeways) are to fly only once, the half-rolls connected with upswing and downturn are to be executed in different directions (Examination program numbers: 1-10-2-4-3-6-5)
Helicopters: The test program is to be adapted to the technical possibilities of the helicopter. At least three aerobatic figures have to be flown with both directions of rotation (right and left).
Compliance with the artificial air space:
Test flight ........................ Retry .......................
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 11 Curriculum for practical instruction on the acquisition of towing rights
(on § 14)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 169-171
The instruction to acquire the right to towing aircraft or other objects with aircraft shall consist of a ground and a flight instruction. The briefing on the ground must precede the flight instruction. The flight instruction is to be carried out at different wind conditions. The aircraft used in practical training must be suitable for training.
Ground briefing
-
-
-
Introduction of the applicant into the starting process taking into account the load to be dragged
-
-
-
Instruction in the signals used and signs of the helpers on the ground
-
-
-
Radio traffic
Towing aircraft or other objects
-
-
-
Adjust the towing speed to the speed of the aircraft to be towed or the other object
-
-
-
Reference to the significantly reduced travel speed of the towing aircraft and the impact on the flight stables
-
-
-
Note the information on the towing in the flight and operating manuals of the aircraft involved (trailer load, predetermined breaking point)
-
-
-
Rope length
-
-
-
Break point
-
-
-
Bow coupling
-
-
-
Focus coupling
-
-
-
Behaviour in the driving and operating errors of the towed aircraft driver
-
-
-
Behaviour in the event of unforeseen unsolicing of the towed aircraft or other objects during take-off
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of wrong control of the towed aircraft (overboard, underflight)
-
-
-
Set the intended course, spatial classification, consideration of the wind displacement
-
-
-
In case of towing aircraft, agreement with the aircraft driver
-
-
-
Curve flight, low transverse inclination
-
-
-
Approach to the clinking point
-
-
-
Resounding prompt
-
-
-
Precise observation of the unsounding process
-
-
-
Change of the flight condition only when the unsowing is safely detected and a sufficient distance from the towed aircraft or towed object is reached
-
-
-
Approach with attached rope or other towed object
-
-
-
Categoryinto aerodrome traffic
-
-
-
Seilablitter
-
-
-
Observation of the signal after the rope has been thrown off
-
-
-
Behaviour in special cases, in particular in case of malfunctions, in emergencies and in accidents
In addition to the towing of other objects in the trapping drag
-
-
-
Construction of the sling without and with the towing object
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of non-inclusion of the sling or loss of the towing object
-
-
-
Behaviour in the case of landings with towed subject
Flight briefing
Towing aircraft or other objects without trapping
-
-
-
At least five take-offs and tugs with aircraft or other objects, of which at least three shall be accompanied by the training flight instructor
-
-
-
In the case of at least one flight, the effect on the towing bandage is to be demonstrated at a safe level by means of incorrect control (overboard, underflight). This flight must be carried out before the applicant's solo flights
-
-
-
In the case of other objects, the object may be to leave and to recover in flight
In addition to the towing of other objects in the trapping drag
-
-
-
At least five practice flights with the sling of the sling without an entraining object accompanied by the training instructor
-
-
-
At least five training flights with the sling of the sling, of which at least three shall be accompanied by the training instructor
Certificate of competence for the acquisition of the right to towing
Aircraft or other objects
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
License No: .....................
Total flight time on motor-driven aircraft after
Acquisition of the licence: ............................................................
On the basis of the acquisition of the right of towing
Aircraft samples: ..........................................................
I. Entraining flights with aircraft or other objects without
Fishing tow * Five flights in the towed aircraft ..................
carried out on .......
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I Towing I Sex Aircraft I Judgment
Flight Date I Aircraft I or other item I b/n b *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Within the last six months prior to the date of the application for the grant of the
Towing authority.
II. Tug flights with other items (tug) *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I dragged I designation of the I assessment
Flight Date I Aircraft I towed items I b/n b
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. I I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. Result of flights
------------------------------
I passed/did not pass * I
------------------------------
IV. Remarks
.............................. .........................
Flight Instructor License-No.
................, the ....... .........................
Place Signature
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 12A Training plan for practical training for the acquisition of skyline authority for gliders
(on § 15)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 172 The exercises do not convey the knowledge and skills to be able to carry out flights according to the instrument flight rules. The objective of the exercises is the safe domination of the glider without sight to the outside.
Practical exercises
The practical exercises are to be carried out in a double-seater glider or a motor glider. The aircraft used in practical training must be fitted with a double tax and be suitable for training. The flight instructor checks with regard to the outside as to whether the applicant is in perfect control of the glider. The flights listed below shall be carried out to the outside without the applicant's point of view.
-
-
-
Flights to get to know the flight monitoring instruments
-
-
-
during the straight-ahead flight
-
-
-
on the movement of the height rudder
-
-
-
of the transverse rudder
-
-
-
of the page rudder
-
-
-
Flights to turn-over hands or artificial horizon
-
-
-
Straight-ahead
-
-
-
Initiating and ending curves
-
-
-
Flights to flipper hands or artificial horizon and compass
-
-
-
Straight-ahead flight on pre-determined course
-
-
-
End curves to predetermined rates
-
-
-
Direction changes by time
-
-
-
Flights to turn-over hands or artificial horizon and to travel knives
-
-
-
Straight-ahead at a constant speed
-
-
-
Straight-ahead at different speeds
-
-
-
-
Flights to turning hands or artificial horizons, compass and riding knives
-
-
-
Straight-ahead at the same speed and pre-determined course
-
-
-
Initiating and ending curves
-
-
-
Direction changes to pre-determined courses
-
-
-
Direction changes by time
-
-
-
Full circle left and right with termination to pre-determined courses
-
-
-
Return of the glider/engine sealer from unusual flight positions to the normal flight location
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix 12B Practical test for the acquisition of the cloud flight authority for sailplane guides
(on § 15)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 173-174
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall have the practical test to be carried out on a model of a glider used in training. The aircraft used in the practical test shall comply with the requirements for carrying out the practical test.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The examiner flies to the outside on the front seat with visibility. The applicant must not have a view to the outside world. The test flight shall be carried out as if the applicant is the only pilot on board. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
5.
-
The auditor shall not participate in the implementation of the flight unless it is necessary to intervene for safety reasons or to avoid unacceptable delays for other air traffic participants.
-
6.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
7.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
8.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Carrying the aircraft within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Use of knowledge of aviation and control of the aircraft at any time of flight, so that the successful conduct of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
9.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test are evaluated with "passed" (b) or "not passed" (nb). If more than three exercises are not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. If you do not have an exercise, you only need to repeat the exercise that you have not passed. If the exercise does not pass in the repeat examination, the entire test must be repeated. This also applies to exercises that were passed in a previous attempt.
| Proof of verification |
| Practical test for the acquisition of the cloud flight authority for sailplane guides |
| Name and first name of the applicant: ................................................................ |
| Residence: ................................................................................................................... |
| License No: ....................... |
| I. |
Test Flight |
|
| |
Gliding airplane pattern: ........................ |
|
| |
Registration number: ...................................... |
|
| |
Aerodrome: ........................................... |
|
| |
Severity |
| Exercises |
|
| |
BB/NB |
| Keeping a specific course in a straight-ahead flight at a constant speed |
|
| Direction changes to pre-determined courses |
|
| Left Full circle |
|
| Full circle on the right |
|
| Return of the glider from unusual flight conditions to the normal position |
|
| II. |
Result of the examination |
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Passed/Not passed 1 * |
|
| III. |
Remarks |
| ................................................................. |
................................................................. |
| Place and date |
Signature of the examiner |
| ................................................................. |
................................................................. |
| Reviewer No. |
Name in print letters |
-
-
Delete non-applicable shall be deleted
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 13A Curriculum for theoretical training to acquire the right to stay and spray
(on § 16)
Site of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 175-176 The applicant for the acquisition of the scattering and spraying authorization must have a certificate of competence in the field of plant protection up to the date of notification of the theoretical test. Submit an expert regulation, which may not be older than two years.
The theoretical training must include at least 30 hours of teaching in the following subjects:
Legal basis
-
-
-
Professional requirements for the acquisition of stress and spray authorization
-
-
-
historical development fertilization and plant protection
-
-
-
External landings and starts with aircraft
-
-
-
Undershooting of security mindsets, working flights
-
-
-
Discharge and discharge of objects or other substances
-
-
-
Legislation on the handling of chemicals
-
-
-
Certificate of competence in subject matter according to the Plant Protection Act
-
-
-
product-dependent regulations
-
-
-
Special features in catchment
Knowledge of litter and spraying agents
-
-
-
Causes of damage, inanimate and invigorated harmful organisms, bacteria, viruses, fungus
-
-
-
higher plants and animal pests
-
-
-
Composition of fungicides, insecticides, rodenticides, nemazides, mulluscicides
-
-
-
mineral fertilizers, nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, magnesium
-
-
-
Trace elements
-
-
-
biological measures
Technology
-
-
-
Application technologies
-
-
-
physical and chemical control measures
-
-
-
Application procedure: sprinkling, dusting, spraying, spraying, throwing
-
-
-
Water protection, Oelhavariefight
-
-
-
Firefighting
-
-
-
Special tasks (e.g. B. purposeful disconnection of relief supplies, etc.)
-
-
-
Transport and storage of chemicals
-
-
-
Loading of the aircraft
-
-
-
Construction conditions (places of loading, environmental protection)
-
-
-
Measures for the case of the accident
-
-
-
Function, structure and mode of operation of application technology; operation and control; maintenance and maintenance measures
-
-
-
Hygiene in and after the work process, occupational health and safety
Flight preparation and implementation
-
-
-
Application rates per hectare, transit length and impact size, working width
-
-
-
Impact of meteorological factors on flight performance
-
-
-
Conduct of work flights, flight tactics
-
-
-
Consideration of environmental concerns
-
-
-
Flying close to the ground, wind influence and turbulence, climb and descent, working flight curve
-
-
-
common map material, scales, representations
-
-
-
Application of GPS
-
-
-
documentation, quality assurance
-
-
-
Selection of emergency landing areas, emergency procedures
-
-
-
Distances to obstacles, in particular overhead lines
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 13B Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of the right to stay and spray
(on § 16)
Site of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 177 Practical training must include at least 30 flight hours. The aircraft used in practical training must be suitable for training.
Flight training with flight instructor (at least 10 flight hours)
-
-
-
Instruction in special features of flights in the vicinity of the ground (boundary layer of the ground, turbulence, wind influence, obstacles, TAS)
-
-
-
Flight characteristics with different application devices
-
-
-
Working flight curve (inner, outer pushing, overpulling, inclined positions)
-
-
-
Instruction in special features on flights over
-
−
-
Water
-
−
-
Forest
-
-
-
Introduction into special features of flights in parallel with obstacles, in particular
-
-
-
High-voltage lines and other obstacles
-
-
-
Selection and assessment of emergency landing areas
-
-
-
Orientation flight in the immediate working area
-
-
-
Departure and departure to the working field
-
-
-
Control flight over the working field
-
-
-
Application in application techniques Streuen, spraying, spraying, dusting and water repellent in agriculture and forestry
-
-
-
Compliance with the flight altitude and direction
-
-
-
Work flights at dusk, flights at low-standing sun,
-
-
-
Working flights One-and multi-field processing
Flight training in solo flight
-
-
-
Repeat the exercises listed above until you have a safe command of the exercises
-
-
-
Working flights with 50% loading (sprinkling, spraying, spraying, dusting, throwing off)
-
-
-
Working flights with 100% loading (sprinkling, spraying, spraying, discards)
Repetition of all exercises up to exam maturity
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 13C Theoretical test for the acquisition of scattering and spray authorization
(on § 16)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 178
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination is to be requested by the training manager of the training company/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This examination shall be submitted in writing in the following subjects. The examination questions are to be answered in cross-country writing. The processing times specified in the table may not be exceeded. Several examination subjects can be combined.
Bin |
max. Edit Time
in hours |
| Air Law |
00:30 |
| Plant protection (subject matter) |
* |
| Technology, flight performance and planning |
01:00 |
| Operational procedures, behaviour in special cases |
00:30 |
| Total |
02:00 |
-
*)
-
Proof of competence in accordance with the Plant Protection-Sachkundeverordnung must be available and must not be older than two years.
|
-
3.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. Points may only be awarded for the correct answer.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 13D Practical examination for the acquisition of the spread and spray authorization
(on § 16)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 179-182
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical test is to be requested by the training manager of the training company/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall lay down the practical test on an aircraft pattern used in training from the class of aircraft used in the training. The aircraft used in the practical test shall comply with the requirements for carrying out the practical test.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program, including simulated emergency situations, in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The duration of the flight shall be about 60 minutes.
-
5.
-
The applicant shall carry the aircraft from the seat from which he/she can carry out the activity of the pilot responsible. The test flight shall be carried out as if the applicant is the only pilot on board. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
6.
-
The auditor shall not participate in the implementation of the flight unless it is necessary to intervene for safety reasons or to avoid unacceptable delays for other air traffic participants.
-
7.
-
The flight may end on the starting airfield or any other airfield. The applicant is responsible for the planning of the flight and has to ensure that all equipment and documentation for the implementation of the flight are on board.
-
8.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
9.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
10.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Carrying the aircraft within the operating limits
-
−
-
uniform and exact execution of all exercises
-
−
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
−
-
Application of aeronautical knowledge and
-
−
-
Control of the aircraft at any point in time of flight, so that the successful execution of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
11.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test are evaluated with "passed" or "fail". If an exercise is not passed, this exercise is considered not to exist. If more than three exercises are not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. If you do not have only three exercises, you only have to repeat the exercises that have not been passed. If an exercise is not passed in the repeat examination, the entire check must be repeated. This also applies to exercises that were passed in a previous attempt.
Proof of verification
Practical test for the acquisition of stress and spray authorization
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
License No: ..................................................................
I. Examination flight
Aircraft: ................ Tag: .................
Startflugplatz: ................ Start Time: .............
Landeflugplatz: ............... Landezeit: .............
II. Result of the examination
------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
------------------------------
III. Remarks
..............................................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
..............................................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercises I Evaluation
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Work flights I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1 I Start and climb I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 I Approach of processing surface I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 I Control Flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.4 I Minimum distance to obstacles I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5 I Work flights (direction, altitude, I
I Speed) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5.1 I Plant protection I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5.2 I. Discharge of solids I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5.3 I Waldbrand I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.6 I Working Flight Curve I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.7 I Flight tactics/consideration met. Conditions, I
I Environment I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.8 I Anflug Arbeitsflugplatz (Beladestelle/Außenlade I
I and -startSite) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.9 I Landeanflug, Landung I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.10 I Comply With the Placement Zone I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Emergency procedure I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1 I simulated engine failure at start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2 I simulated emergency landing (Action to be taken; Selection I
I NotlandeSurface) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2.1 I during on-or off-flight to processing field I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2.2 I during work flight/working flight curve I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tolerances:
-----------
Control course-arrival and departure to the processing field: +/-10 degree
-Work flight: exact course on
Reason
Ground markings
or GPS
Flight altitude-arrival and departure to the processing field: +/-100 ft resp.
the altitude
appropriate
-working flight: as exact as possible,
the ground relief
Following
Speeds-Start and Anflight: +/-5 kt
(for approach better:
V (deep) Tgt/V (deep) ref)
-Working flight: +/-10 kt
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 14A Theoretical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft guides
(on § 17)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 183
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination shall be requested by the applicant at the competent authority. The test shall be submitted to the competent authority or to an auditor appointed by the public authorities.
-
2.
-
This examination shall be a written or computer-assisted examination in the seven subjects listed below and may, at the discretion of the competent authority, be filed on one or more days. Several examination subjects can be combined. An exam consists of at least 70 questions. The examination must consist of approximately 2/3 of the selection questions (multiple choice) from the respective valid official questionnaire and about 1/3 of questions to be answered in long written answers. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
Machining time hours (maximum)
| Air legislation, air traffic and air traffic control, including the legislation of the mobile service |
1:00 |
| General Aircraft Customer |
0:45 |
| Human performance |
0:45 |
| Meteorology |
1:00 |
| Navigation, flight performance and flight planning |
1:00 |
| Behaviour in special cases |
0:45 |
| Aerodynamics |
0:45 |
| total |
6:00 |
-
3.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. In case of multiple-choice questions, points may only be given for correct answers, and in the case of questions to be answered in the long term, they may also be awarded for correct partial answers.
-
4.
-
The existence of this theoretical selection examination includes the registration for the acceptance of the practical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft guides.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 14B Practical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft guides
(on § 17)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 184-188
-
1.
-
The aircraft used in the practical selection test shall comply with the requirements for carrying out the practical selection test. The duration of the flight shall be about 60 minutes.
-
2.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
3.
-
The applicant shall carry the aircraft from the seat from which he/she can carry out the activity of the pilot responsible. The test flight shall be carried out as if the applicant is the only pilot on board. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
4.
-
The examiner shall not participate in the implementation of the flight. Intervention for safety reasons or in order to avoid unacceptable delays for other air traffic participants leads immediately to the demolition and non-existence of the selection test.
-
5.
-
The flight route for the overland flight shall be selected by the examiner. The flight may end on the starting airfield or any other airfield. The applicant is responsible for the planning of the flight and has to ensure that all equipment and documentation for the implementation of the flight are on board.
-
6.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical selection test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire selection test must be repeated. If the selection test is cancelled out of reasons justified for the examiner, but not due to a lack of flying skills, only the sections which have not been carried out shall be checked in another flight.
-
7.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire selection test has to be repeated.
-
8.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Carrying the aircraft within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Use of knowledge of aviation and control of the aircraft at any time of flight, so that the successful conduct of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
9.
-
The individual sections and exercises of the practical selection test are evaluated with "passed" or "not passed". If an exercise does not pass in a review section, this section is considered to be unpassed. If more than one examination section is not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. An applicant who does not have only one review section must repeat only the non-passed part. If a section does not pass in the repeat check, the entire check is to be repeated. This also applies to sections that were passed in a previous attempt.
-
10.
-
The following tolerances are general guide values. Turbulences, flight characteristics and flight characteristics of the used aircraft design shall be taken into account by the inspector:
(a) tax course:
-normal flight +-10 degrees
(b) Flight altitude
-normal flight +-100 ft
(c) speeds:
-Start and approach + 10 kt/-0 kt
-all other flight conditions +-10 kt
Proof of verification
Practical selection test for the acquisition of the right to practical
Training of private aircraft drivers
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
License No ........................
I. Examination flight
Aeroplane type: ............................
Identifier: ....................
Departure location: ......................... Start Time: .........................
Destination: ........................... Landezeit: .........................
Flight Time: ..........................
--------------------------------------
I Seat of the examiner I
--------------------------------------
I left I right I front I rear I
--------------------------------------
II. Result of the examination
---------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
---------------------------------
III. Remarks
................................................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
................................................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1 I Evaluation
Flight preparation and departure I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use of the clear list, behaviour as air driver I
(Leading the airplane with visibility to the outside, I
Ice prevention/de-icing procedures, etc.) apply to all I
Sections I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I Flight preparation and flight weather consulting I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Calculation of mass, center of gravity and flight performance I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I Control and provision of the aircraft I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I Anating the engines and the procedures referred to in the I
I Anclasses I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I Roles, aerodrome procedures, procedure before start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f I Start and controls after the start I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g 1 departure procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
h I A link to the air traffic control centre-I
I Adherence to air traffic procedures, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 2 I Evaluation
General flight exercises I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I liaison with the air traffic control centre-I
I Compliance with air traffic procedures, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I straight forward and horizontal flight at different I
I speeds I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I Steigflug: I
I i. Best climb speed I
I ii. Climbing curves I
I iii. Transition to horizontal flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I Curves (with 30 degrees transverse inclination) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I steep curves (with 45 degrees transverse inclination) (including I)
I Detect and end a critical flight condition) I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f I lower speed limit conditions I
I with and without landing flaps I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g I Overdrawn flight condition: I
I i. In Travel Flight Configuration and Exit with I
I motor aid I
I ii. In LandeConfiguration and Exit with Motorhilfe I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 3 I Evaluation
Overland Flight I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I Flight implementation plan, coupling navigation, use of the I
I Navigation Cards I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Control of flight altitude, tax rate and I
I Flight speed I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I Orientation, calculation and correction of I
Estimated Time of I (Estimated Time of I)
I Arrival/ETA), Leading the flight route plan I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) I Flight management (controls, fuel supply and I)
I test on gasifier icing, etc.) Connection to I
I Air Traffic Control Unit-I
I Adherence to air traffic procedures, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 4 I Evaluation
Approach and landing procedures I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I approach procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I * Country of destination (landing on short slopes), I
I Side wind landing, if appropriate conditions I
I exist I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c I * Landung without landing flaps I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d I * Landean Flight without motor aid I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e I start from low height I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f I Link to the air traffic control unit-Compliance I
I the air traffic procedure, I
I speech radio procedure I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
g I Activities after completion of flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 5 I Evaluation
Exceptional and emergency procedures I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a I * Simulated emergency landing exercise I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b I Simulated emergencies I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*) Some of these exercises can be combined at the discretion of the flight examiner
.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 14C theoretical training curriculum for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft drivers
(on § 17)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 189-192 General introduction
The suitability and reputation of a flight instructor are and fall with his personality, his flying skills and his theoretical, in particular technical knowledge, in all questions and problems related to aviation. Flight students will always come from different educational circles with different knowledge bases and with different mental and physical predisposition. Their entire trust, to be trained carefully, put them in their flight instructor. In order to establish this relationship of trust, it is therefore essential to demand good theoretical knowledge from the training instructor and to familiarized him with the pedagogy, methodology and systematics in such a way that he is capable of his knowledge in to pass on the appropriate form to the flight pupil. It must be able to recognize all the flying, aerodynamic and technical connections, explain it and give the necessary information. His knowledge in all fields must be so deepened that he can give appropriate lessons for practical flight execution. It is his responsibility to ensure the education of prudent and responsible aircraft leaders.
The main focus of the theoretical training on the acquisition of an entitlement to practical training for private pilots lies in the teaching of the necessary methodological and didactic knowledge and skills for the teaching of learning. In addition, in the course of the theoretical training, in-depth knowledge of all areas of theoretical training is based on a solid basic knowledge of the acquisition of an entitlement for private pilot.
PEDAGOGY IN FLIGHT TRAINING
General
-
-
-
Requirements for a flight instructor with regard to his character, his personality and his behaviour
-
-
-
Responsibility of the flight instructor, legal and ethical obligation
-
-
-
Relationship of trust between teachers and students
-
-
-
Educational influence on the flight student
-
-
-
Dislocation of hubris or lack of self-confidence
-
-
-
mutual respect and camaraderie
-
-
-
Acting on an ideal attitude to aviation
-
-
-
Education on flight discipline
-
-
-
Various causes of the flight errors, which can lead to detachment in extreme cases, are
-
-
-
Air sickness
-
-
-
Anxiety
-
-
-
Lack of a flying sensation
-
-
-
Tax-related tax
-
-
-
Lack of empathy, estimation, reaction and concentration
-
-
-
Lack of overview and resilience
-
-
-
Lack of orientation and spatial imagination
-
-
-
lack of attention and learning ability
-
-
-
Complexes
-
-
-
Lack of learning
-
-
-
on low intelligence level
-
-
-
character defects
-
-
-
Discipline
-
-
-
Searching for ways to influence the causes of detected errors
-
-
-
Communication between flight instructor and flight pupil before, during and after the flight
-
-
-
Audit bias
-
-
-
Influence of the flight instructor on the attitude and behaviour of the flight schüller during the test flight
-
-
-
Fliegerische judgement
Methodology and systematics
-
-
-
the teaching staff
-
-
-
the learner
-
-
-
the subject matter or Curriculum
-
-
-
Preparation and breakdown of the teaching
-
-
-
Teaching technique
-
-
-
Correct response of the flight Schüller
-
-
-
Raising his attention
-
-
-
The pupil's familiaration with the training plan
-
-
-
Uniformity of training with regard to scope and methodology
-
-
-
Meaningful order of the exercises taking into account the training level
-
-
-
Continuity of training
-
-
-
Frequency of retries
-
-
-
Announcement and explanation of the respective exercises before the flight
-
-
-
The teachings of the fly and the correction technique using the textbook in the flight
-
-
-
Synchronization of the spoken word to the flight movement
-
-
-
Post-meeting and supplementary declarations after the flight
-
-
-
Acquisition and transfer of control in the flight
-
-
-
Subdivision of the training programme into the sections
-
-
-
up to the first solo flight
-
-
-
Deepening of the harvests and further training after the first solo flight
-
-
-
Preparation for the test flight, in particular all measures for carrying out the navigation flight
-
-
-
Duty of supervision of the flight instructor on solo flights of the trainee
-
-
-
Education for self-criticism and self-control
METHODOLOGY IN FLIGHT TRAINING
General instructions
-
-
-
Familiarist with the airfield and its facilities
-
-
-
Aerodrome Order
-
-
-
Security provisions
-
-
-
general rules
-
-
-
Knowledge of the aerodrome order
-
-
-
special place specifications
-
-
-
Notes for explanation of the aircraft
-
-
-
outside
-
-
-
inside
-
-
-
of its facilities and facilities
-
-
-
Flight Guide
-
-
-
Clear List
Comprehensive teaching
-
-
-
Declarations of instructions and flight exercises
-
-
-
aerodynamic and functional relationships
-
-
-
Use of procedure and clearlists
Note: The teaching is to be designed in such a way that the contender learns the relationships of the individual processes to each other, that they are mentally recorded, in order to be able to pass them on later as a flight instructor to the trainees. It is important to ensure that only the part of the training is taught, which then corresponds to the flying exercises.
-
-
-
Methods of communicating the flying with radio navigation aids
Development of a textbook
-
-
-
Development of a training schedule with the following points:
-
-
-
Training topic
-
-
-
Training Objective
-
-
-
Training Form
-
-
-
Training procedures
-
-
-
Training resources
-
-
-
Time needed
-
-
-
Expiration
-
-
-
Breakdown of materials
-
-
-
Partial Objectives
-
-
-
Aids, etc.
-
-
-
Organisational measures
-
-
-
Follow-up
Behaviour in special cases
-
-
-
Reasons for technical irregularities and possibilities for their removal
-
-
-
Measures to prevent overdue flight conditions
-
-
-
Causes of the turmoil and measures to prevent and/or prevent Shutdown
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of failure of the driving blade
-
-
-
Misview of the altimeter
-
-
-
Gasifier icing and radio failure
Behaviour in emergencies and emergency procedures
-
-
-
Engine failure
-
-
-
Malfunctions in the ignition system
-
-
-
Gasifier fire
-
-
-
Generator failure
-
-
-
Fire on board
-
-
-
Electrical, pneumatic or hydraulic disturbances
-
-
-
Air screw adjustment failure
-
-
-
Overspeed
-
-
-
Breakage of the gas string
-
-
-
Malfunctions in the chassis and/or in the flap system
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of loss of orientation and at the arrival of bad weather conditions during overland flights
-
-
-
Emergency landing procedures
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of emergency landings with a retracted landing gear
-
-
-
Emergency landings
-
-
-
Forest
-
-
-
Cereals
-
-
-
Lake
-
-
-
Post-emergency response
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 14D Curriculum for practical training on the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft drivers
(on § 17)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No 60, Supplement No. 60a, 193-197 The aircraft used in practical training to acquire the practical training of private aircraft drivers must be suitable for training.
In practical training, the applicant will have the necessary practical skills to
-
-
-
Safe and responsible driving of the aircraft from the seat of the flight instructor
-
-
-
To conduct a flight sheller to perform the actions required for the proper and safe conduct of a flight
-
-
-
Recognition of the necessary active intervention in the continuation of the flight in case of misreactions by the flight Schüller
to be conveyed.
Flight training on the seat of the flight instructor shall be at least 10 hours, of which at least 5 hours shall be provided by the teacher recognised by the competent authority. The remaining five hours can be carried out as joint flight training (i.e. two applicants fly together and carry out flight exercises). In flight training, the following exercises must be included:
In all exercises, the sequence of movements is to be explained in such a way that the spoken word matches the movement of the aircraft. The most common sources of error are to be mentioned in particular.
In order to ensure a methodical uniformity of the training course, the following teaching exercises are explained only in their form and order, without entering into any aeroplane design used for training. The technical data, such as the speed, engine speed, etc., can be found in the respective flight manual.
General
The following curriculum is a guideline for the course and content of practical training. Since it is not possible to take into account all the pattern-specific characteristics of different types of aircraft, all the exercises shall be carried out in accordance with the procedures described in the Aeroplane Flight Manual of the aircraft used in the training. In all exercises, the setting and operation of the engine must be monitored. Unnecessary aircraft noise should be avoided. All checks shall be carried out on the basis of the clearlists.
General introduction
It includes the declaration of the entire aircraft both from the inside and from the outside. It provides information on the arrangement of operating levers, control and trimming confirmation and seat of the instruments, fuel, oil and braking systems as well as emergency equipment. Instructions for getting in and out, buckles, operating the control organs and using the emergency exit and the emergency equipment.
Preparation and termination of a flight
-
-
-
The pupil and appropriateness of his clothing
-
-
-
Take-over of the aircraft, technical clarification on the basis of the on-board documents
-
-
-
Issue and receipt of a fixed flight order
-
-
-
External control, internal control, starting and warm-up of the engine, if necessary Request for roll and flight release by voice radio, braking of the engine, taking into account the operating values to be checked; control before the start
-
-
-
Cooling and lowering of the engine, control before leaving the aircraft, completion of the on-board documents, reporting of complaints
Assignment flight
-
-
-
For the initial student, the flight serves to guide him to the fly and to familiarist him with the surroundings of the airfield out of the flood. Aerobatics or special flight conditions are not to be found on this flight.
-
-
-
For the flight pupil, who has already flown, this flight is only used for familiarization with a new aircraft pattern.
Effect of the tax authorities
-
-
-
Explanation of the movements about the transverse axis by moving the control stick forward and backward in order to move the longitudinal axis laterally by moving the control stick and about the vertical axis by actuating the lateral rudder. Notes that all movements relative to the aircraft are always the same, regardless of the location in which it is located.
-
-
-
Mode of operation and sensitivity of the individual oars at
-
−
-
different speeds
-
−
-
different engine powers
-
−
-
different levels of flight
-
−
-
throttled or power-running engines to the same speed (sinkflight, climb)
-
-
-
Follow-up on actuation of the lateral rudder or the aileron
-
−
-
Page ruder
-
−
-
Rotate around the vertical axis
-
−
-
Rolling around the longitudinal axis
-
−
-
Risk of the development of the steep spiral as a result of the individual actuation of the lateral rudder
-
−
-
Querruder
-
−
-
Rolling around the longitudinal axis
-
−
-
Slide
-
−
-
Rotate around the vertical axis
-
−
-
Tilt around the transverse axis
-
−
-
Development of the steep spiral as a result of the lateral congenital fuselage and the side-guiding mechanism
-
−
-
References to the same final effect, therefore necessary compensation for the use of both rudgers
-
-
-
Impact of mass inertia
-
-
-
Impact of the negative Wendemome
-
-
-
Aerodynamic impact on
-
−
-
Trim Confirmation
-
−
-
Confirmation of landing aids
-
−
-
Confirmation of the retractable landing gear
-
-
-
Effect of the change of engine power on the position and direction of the aircraft in the flight (displacement of the equilibrium of the forces, propeller swirl and propeller beam)
Rolling on the ground
-
-
-
Correct choice of engine power
-
-
-
Operation of the control system and brakes
-
-
-
Keep direction with the side ruder to compensate propeller swirl, asymmetric propeller effect and wind influence
Horizontal flight
(Maintenance of the flight level, flight direction and flight position)
-
-
-
Crossing into the horizontal flight from the steep and sinking flight
-
-
-
Comply with the correct flight situation with regard to the horizon and direction, use of the trim, choice of engine power, evaluation of instruments, display as a means for maintaining the horizontal flight
-
-
-
Keeping a flight level at different speeds
-
-
-
Reading of the flight monitoring instruments
Stiff, Sink and gliding
-
-
-
Taking the Steig or Single flight location, choice of engine power
-
-
-
Instrument Observation
-
-
-
Effect of entry and exit of the landing flaps
-
-
-
Trim
-
-
-
Note the operating limit values according to the flight manual. Meeting required climbing and sinking speeds
-
-
-
Monitoring of the surrounding airspace
Overdraping and tilting
-
-
-
Behavior when overdragged and tipping
-
-
-
Keep the direction during the tipping process
-
-
-
Termination of the exaggerated flight condition or Tipping off by pressing and then passing gas (minimum height loss)
-
-
-
Indication of the danger of repeated tipping by too fast interception
-
-
-
Action of the landing flaps and the landing gear on the transfer operation
Curves
Division of curves into flat, middle and steep curves
-
-
-
Initiate the curve from the horizontal flight with correct application of the ruby
-
-
-
Maintaining the inclined position and the speed of rotation
-
-
-
Take out of the curve
-
-
-
Steig and Sinkflugcurves
-
-
-
Steep Curves
-
-
-
Possible curve errors, tip-off in the curve
Steep spiral
Causes
-
-
-
Introduction of the Steilspirale
-
-
-
Recognition of the steep spiral
-
-
-
Ending the Steilspirale
-
-
-
Correct application of the rudles when exiting
Note: The differences between steep spirals and turkeys should be noted.
Slot
-
-
-
Start, Cross Departure, Counter Approach, Cross-approach, Endanflug, Landing
-
−
-
Start
-
−
-
Orientation of the aircraft in the starting direction
-
−
-
Setting the engine power
-
−
-
Keep Direction
-
−
-
Influence by wind, propeller swirl, gyroscopic effect and asymmetric propeller effect, correct use of the height rudder, attention to the lifting speed
-
-
-
Climbing flight
-
−
-
Crossing into the climb and maintaining the flight situation
-
−
-
Keep pace
-
−
-
Opening of the landing flaps, change of the load, engine power
-
-
-
Climbing flight curves in the cross-flight departure
-
-
-
Continuation of the climb up to the prescribed pitch; transition to the horizontal flight; maintenance of the flight position; keeping the speed
-
-
-
Horizontal flight curve in the counter-approach
-
-
-
Counter-flight, distance to the runway
-
-
-
Reducing the speed and setting of the landing flaps, landing gear, setting of the corrected engine power
-
-
-
Horizontal flight curve in the cross approach
-
-
-
Sinking flight to the level of the final flight, correct Sinking ratio with respect to the spatial distance to the starting line, taking into account the wind
-
-
-
Curves for end-of-flight, end of curve in runway extension, if necessary Consideration of the side winch.
-
-
-
Correct sink or Sliding flight speed, actuation of the landing flaps with appropriate flight position, checking of all instruments and operating levers according to clear list
-
-
-
Interception and Waiving
-
-
-
Pulling through to landing, landing technique, keeping in the direction of rolling out
-
-
-
In addition, to practice:
-
−
-
Landing approach and landing without landing flaps
-
−
-
Gliding flight and landing without engine assist
-
−
-
Landing approach followed by short (drag gas) landing
-
−
-
Wheel landing (for aeroplanes with sport wheel)
-
−
-
Behavior on too low and too high a approach
-
−
-
Launch in horizontal flight
-
−
-
Start after previous setting
-
-
-
Technology and hazards of back and side wind landings, permissible and demonstrated side wind components
Page Sliding
-
-
-
Side gliding flight in a straight approach
-
−
-
Initiate from gliding speed, order of control measures, direction, sinkrate, speed
-
−
-
End, order of control measures, keep direction, maintain glide speed
-
-
-
Side gliding flight from the curve flight
Destination
-
-
-
Target exercise without engine assist from different heights with set-up within 100m after landing sign
-
-
-
Landing gear with engine assist from different heights with mounting within 50m after landing sign
Emergency landings
-
-
-
Simulated engine failure after launch
-
−
-
Hold down and keep direction
-
−
-
Note the speed
-
−
-
Use of the landing flaps
-
−
-
Decision whether to enter or leave the chassis
-
−
-
Decision to keep the grader flight or slight changes in direction
-
-
-
Emergency landing exercises with engine assist from normal flight
-
−
-
Selection of landing areas, observance of wind direction and speed, checking of the landing area by low overflies, setting of the turning points near the intended field
-
−
-
Round, approach and landing (if necessary) Short landing)
-
-
-
Emergency landing exercise with simulated engine failure from normal flight The implementation of emergency procedures (emergency measures, search for causes, measures shortly before landing) shall be carried out in accordance with the flight manual. The emergency measures must be managed by heart. The use of the emergency clear list is to be integrated into the flight path in a meaningful way.
-
−
-
Initiate and plan the emergency landing, simulated emergency notification, approach check (1000 ft or Reference point)
-
−
-
Indication of measures shortly before landing in case of actual engine failure; take back gas levers fully; close the fuel valve, turn off ignition and main switch
Overland flights
-
-
-
Overland Flight Instruction
-
-
-
Flight preparation including calculation of the loading and determination of the centre of gravity, flight implementation plan, FS release
-
-
-
Keep departures, departures, map reading, course and altitude
-
-
-
Flight time calculation, checkpoints, catch lines
-
-
-
Location determination and routing of the flight route plan
-
-
-
Measures in the event of loss of orientation, self-interest and external bearing
-
-
-
Compass turning errors, small orientation, departing pre-selected card and compass courses
-
-
-
Bad weather trails
Unofficial table of contents
Annex: Theoretical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft guides
(on § 17)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 198
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This examination shall be a written examination in the following two subjects and may be filed at the discretion of the competent authority on one or more days. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
Machining time hours (maximum)
| Pedagogy in flight training |
1:30 |
| Methodology in flight training |
1:30 |
| total |
3:00 |
-
2.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. Points may also be awarded for correct partial responses.
-
3.
-
The proof of teaching qualification shall be provided by the preparation and implementation of a teaching sample of at least one teaching unit.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 14F Practical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of private aircraft guides
(on § 17)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 199-201
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall lay down the practical test on an aircraft pattern used in training from the class of aircraft used in the training. The aircraft used in the practical test shall comply with the requirements for carrying out the practical test. The duration of the flight shall be about 60 minutes.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The applicant shall carry the aircraft from the seat from which he can carry out the activity of the flight instructor. Without prejudice to its responsibility for the flight implementation in accordance with § 4 para. 4 LuftVG, the examiner is to present a flight pupil at different stages of the training and to insert typical errors in the examination procedure for a flight student.
-
5.
-
The applicant is responsible for the planning of the flight and has to ensure that all equipment and documentation for the implementation of the flight are on board.
-
6.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
7.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
8.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Carrying the aircraft within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact performance of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an airman as well as methodical skills as a flight instructor
-
-
-
Use of knowledge of aviation and control of the aircraft at any time of flight, so that the successful conduct of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
9.
-
The applicant must be able to pre-fly the exercises listed in the examination protocol and verbally declare to the examiner.
-
10.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test are evaluated with "passed" or "fail". If an exercise is not passed, this exercise is considered not to exist. If more than three exercises are not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. If you do not have only three exercises, you only have to repeat the exercises that have not been passed. If an exercise is not passed in the repeat examination, the entire check must be repeated. This also applies to exercises that were passed in a previous attempt.
-
11.
-
For the purpose of carrying out the test, the values and recommendations specified by the manufacturer in the flight manual shall be decisive. The following tolerances are general guide values. Turbulences, flight characteristics and flight characteristics of the used aircraft design shall be taken into account by the inspector.
| a) |
Tax course: |
|
| |
-normal flight |
+-10 degrees |
| in case of straight flight in horizontal, sinking and climbing flight and at the end of curves with normal engine power |
|
| b) |
Altitude |
|
| |
-normal flight with normal engine power |
+-100 ft |
| c) |
Speeds: |
|
| |
-Start and approach |
+ 10 kt/-0 kt |
| -all other flight conditions |
+-10 kt |
| with normal engine power of the recommended speed. |
|
-
12.
-
The existence of the practical examination entitles the applicant to an activity as a flight instructor under the supervision of an experienced flight instructor, recognised by the competent authority for this purpose, with the exception of
-
-
-
The second flight instructor's approval for the first solo flight
-
-
-
the carrying out of training flights with a flight instructor to extend an entitlement
-
13.
-
The restriction of the supervisory duty can be cancelled at the request of the recognised flight instructor, if the applicant has completed at least one flight pupil fully up to the examination stage or 50 training flight hours in all Training sections have been carried out.
-
14.
-
The authority shall be restricted by the competent authority in box XIII of the licence with the words "teaching authority according to § 88a LuftPersV".
Proof of verification
Practical examination of the acquisition of entitlement to practical training of
Private aircraft guides
Name and first name of the applicant: ..................................
Address: .......................................................
License No: ......................
I. Examination flight
Airplane pattern: ..................... Identifier: ......................
Departure location: .......................... Start Time: ........................
Destination: ............................ Landezeit: ........................
Flight time: .........................
Exercises selected from Appendix 1B
---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Exercises I Evaluation Exercises I Evaluation
I B/NB I B/NB
---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
I I
---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
I I
---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
I I
---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
I I
---------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
II. Result of the examination
--------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
--------------------------------
III. Remarks
................................ ................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
................................ ................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 15A Theoretical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of glider pilots
(on § 18)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 202
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination shall be requested by the applicant at the competent authority. The test shall be submitted to the competent authority or to an auditor appointed by the public authorities.
-
2.
-
This examination shall be a written or computer-assisted examination in the seven subjects listed below and may, at the discretion of the competent authority, be filed on one or more days. Several examination subjects can be combined. An exam consists of at least 70 questions. The examination must consist of approximately 2/3 of the selection questions (multiple choice) from the respective valid official questionnaire and about 1/3 of questions to be answered in long written answers. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
Machining time hours (maximum)
| Air legislation, air traffic and air traffic control, including the legislation of the mobile service |
1:00 |
| General Aircraft Customer |
0:45 |
| Human performance |
0:45 |
| Meteorology |
1:00 |
| Navigation, flight performance and flight planning |
1:00 |
| Behaviour in special cases |
0:45 |
| Aerodynamics |
0:45 |
| total |
6:00 |
-
3.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. In case of multiple-choice questions, points may only be given for correct answers, and in the case of questions to be answered in the long term, they may also be awarded for correct partial answers.
-
4.
-
The existence of this theoretical selection examination includes the registration for the acceptance of the practical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to the practical training of glider pilots.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 15B Practical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of glider pilots
(on § 18)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 203-205
-
1.
-
The aeroplane used in the practical selection test must meet the requirements for carrying out the practical selection test.
-
2.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
3.
-
The applicant shall carry the aircraft from the seat from which he/she can carry out the activity of the pilot responsible. The responsibility for the flight execution is determined in accordance with § 4 paragraph 4 LuftVG.
-
4.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
5.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Carrying the aircraft within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Use of knowledge of aviation and control of the aircraft at any time of flight, so that the successful conduct of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
6.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test are evaluated with "passed" or "fail". If an exercise is not passed, this exercise is considered not to exist. If more than three exercises are not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. If you do not have only three exercises, you only have to repeat the exercises that have not been passed. If an exercise is not passed in the repeat examination, the entire check must be repeated. This also applies to exercises that were passed in a previous attempt.
Proof of verification
Practical selection test for the acquisition of the right to practical
Training of gliders
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
License No: ...........................
I. Examination flights
Gliding airplane pattern: .................. Identifier: ....................
Aerodrome: ............................ Flight Time: .......................
Number of take-offs and landings: ..............
II. Result of the examination
-------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
-------------------------------
III. Remarks
...............................................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
...............................................................
License No Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercises I Evaluation
I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Preparation for the start I
2. * Wind start I
3. * Type of towing behind aircraft I
4. * own start I
5. + + Flight exercises I
Rolling Exercises I
Straight ahead I
Circular I
Slow Flight I
Quick Flight I
Side Gliding Flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Division of the landing flight I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Target landing Set within 100 m after the I
Landing Character I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Radio communications I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
+ + Choice of order remains reserved for examiner
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 15C curriculum for theoretical training to acquire the right to practical training of gliders
(on § 18)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 206-208 General introduction
The suitability and reputation of a flight instructor are and fall with his personality, his flying skills and his theoretical, in particular technical knowledge, in all questions and problems related to aviation. Flight students will always come from different educational circles with different knowledge bases and with different mental and physical predisposition. Their entire trust, to be trained carefully, put them in their flight instructor. In order to establish this relationship of trust, it is therefore essential to demand good theoretical knowledge from the training instructor and to familiarized him with the pedagogy, methodology and systematics in such a way that he is capable of his knowledge in to pass on the appropriate form to the flight pupil. It must be able to recognize all the flying, aerodynamic and technical connections, explain it and give the necessary information. His knowledge in all fields must be so deepened that he can give appropriate lessons for practical flight execution. It is his responsibility to ensure the education of prudent and responsible sailing aircraft leaders.
The main focus of the theoretical training on the acquisition of an entitlement to the practical training of glider pilots lies in teaching the necessary methodological and didactic knowledge and skills for the teaching of learning. In addition, in the course of the theoretical training, in-depth knowledge in all areas of theoretical training is based on a solid basic knowledge to acquire an entitlement for a glider pilot.
PEDAGOGY IN FLIGHT TRAINING
General
-
-
-
Requirements for a flight instructor with regard to his character, his personality and his behaviour
-
-
-
Responsibility of the flight instructor, legal and ethical obligation
-
-
-
Relationship of trust between teachers and students
-
-
-
Educational influence on the flight student
-
-
-
Dislocation of hubris or lack of self-confidence
-
-
-
mutual respect and camaraderie
-
-
-
Acting on an ideal attitude to aviation
-
-
-
Education on flight discipline
-
-
-
Various causes of the flight errors, which can lead to detachment in extreme cases, are
-
-
-
Air sickness
-
-
-
Anxiety
-
-
-
Lack of a flying sensation
-
-
-
Tax-related tax
-
-
-
Lack of empathy, estimation, reaction and concentration
-
-
-
Lack of overview and resilience
-
-
-
Lack of orientation and spatial imagination
-
-
-
lack of attention and learning ability
-
-
-
Complexes
-
-
-
Lack of learning
-
-
-
on low intelligence level
-
-
-
character defects
-
-
-
Discipline
-
-
-
Searching for ways to influence the causes of detected errors
-
-
-
Communication between flight instructor and flight pupil before, during and after the flight
-
-
-
Audit bias
-
-
-
Influence of the flight instructor on the attitude and behaviour of the flight schüller during the test flight
-
-
-
Fliegerische judgement
Methodology and systematics
-
-
-
the teaching staff
-
-
-
the learner
-
-
-
the subject matter or Curriculum
-
-
-
Preparation and breakdown of the teaching
-
-
-
Teaching technique
-
-
-
Correct response of the flight Schüller
-
-
-
Awakenly and Lenken his attention
-
-
-
The pupil's familiaration with the training plan
-
-
-
Uniformity of training with regard to scope and methodology
-
-
-
Meaningful order of the exercises taking into account the training level
-
-
-
Continuity of training
-
-
-
Frequency of retries
-
-
-
Announcement and explanation of the respective exercises before the flight
-
-
-
The teachings of the fly and the correction technique using the textbook in the flight
-
-
-
Synchronization of the spoken word to the flight movement
-
-
-
Post-meeting and supplementary declarations after the flight
-
-
-
Acquisition and transfer of control in the flight
-
-
-
Subdivision of the training programme into the sections
-
-
-
up to the first solo flight
-
-
-
Deepening of the harvests and further training after the first solo flight
-
-
-
Preparation for the test flight, in particular all measures for carrying out the navigation flight
-
-
-
Duty of supervision of the flight instructor on solo flights of the trainee
-
-
-
Education for self-criticism and self-control
METHODOLOGY IN FLIGHT TRAINING
Methodical teaching
-
-
-
Declarations of instructions and flight exercises
-
-
-
aerodynamic and functional relationships
-
-
-
Use of procedure and clearlists
Note: The teaching is to be designed in such a way that the contender learns the relationships of the individual processes to each other, that they are mentally recorded, in order to be able to pass them on later as a flight instructor to the trainees. It is important to ensure that only the part of the training is taught, which then corresponds to the flying exercises.
-
-
-
Methods of conveying the fly with navigational aids (e.g. GPS)
Development of a textbook
-
-
-
Development of a training schedule with the following points:
-
-
-
Training topic
-
-
-
Training Objective
-
-
-
Training Form
-
-
-
Training procedures
-
-
-
Training resources
-
-
-
Time needed
-
-
-
Expiration
-
-
-
Breakdown of materials
-
-
-
Partial Objectives
-
-
-
Aids, etc.
-
-
-
Organisational measures
-
-
-
Follow-up
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 15D Curriculum for practical training on the acquisition of the right to practical training of glider pilots
(on § 18)
Site of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 209-212 The glider used in the practical training for the acquisition of the authorization for the practical training of glider pilots has to be suitable for training.
In practical training, the applicant will have the necessary practical skills to
-
-
-
Safe and responsible sailing of the glider from the seat of the flight instructor
-
-
-
Conduct of a flyer to carry out the actions necessary for the proper and safe conduct of a flight, in particular:
-
-
-
Control of attention and attention distribution
-
-
-
Practice of gaze behavior
-
-
-
Recognition of the necessary active intervention in the continuation of the flight in case of misreactions by the flight Schüller
to be conveyed.
The flights are to be applied in such a way that all areas of gliding training are represented.
Flight training on the seat of the flight instructor shall include at least 15 launches, including the start of the launch of the aircraft behind aircraft and the start of the winch, with the training rights recognised by the competent aeronautical authority for this purpose. In addition, exercises on repetition and deepening can also be flown with another applicant. In flight training, the following exercises must be included:
In all exercises, the sequence of movements is to be explained in such a way that the spoken word matches the movement of the aircraft.
The most common tax errors are to be demonstrated by the lecturer and must be recognized and addressed by the applicant.
In order to ensure a methodical uniformity of the training course, the teaching exercises are explained below only in their form and order, without entering into any type of sailor used for the training.
General introduction
It includes the declaration of the entire aircraft both from the inside and from the outside. It provides information on the arrangement of operating levers, control and trimming operations, the instruments and the emergency equipment. Instructions on getting in and out, buckles, operating the control organs and correct use of the emergency exit and emergency equipment.
Preparation and termination of a flight
-
-
-
The pupil and appropriateness of his clothing
-
-
-
Take-over of the aircraft, technical clarification on the basis of the on-board documents, the operating manual and the clearlists
-
-
-
Issueand acceptance of a fixed flight order
-
-
-
External control, internal control, control before the start, if necessary Request the start and flight release by speaking radio
-
-
-
Checking before leaving the aircraft, filling in the on-board documents, reporting complaints
-
-
-
Post-meeting
Accuding flight
-
-
-
For the applicant, the flight is used to bring him to the flight from the seat of the lecturer and to acquainted him with the surroundings of the airfield from the air.
-
-
-
Flight students are to be brought up to the fly and motivated to continue their training. Aerobatics or special flight conditions are not to be found on this flight.
-
-
-
For the flight student who has already flown, this flight is only used for familiarization with a new glider model
Effect of the tax authorities
-
-
-
Explanation of the movements about the transverse axis by moving the control stick forward and backward in order to move the longitudinal axis laterally by moving the control stick and about the vertical axis by actuating the lateral rudder. Notes that all movements relative to the aircraft are always the same, regardless of the location in which it is located.
-
-
-
Mode of operation and sensitivity of the individual oars at
-
−
-
different speeds
-
−
-
different levels of flight
-
-
-
Follow-up on actuation of the lateral rudder or the aileron
-
−
-
Page ruder
-
−
-
Rotate around the vertical axis
-
−
-
Rolling around the longitudinal axis
-
−
-
Risk of the development of the steep spiral as a result of the individual actuation of the lateral rudder
-
−
-
Querruder
-
−
-
Rolling around the longitudinal axis
-
−
-
Rotate around the vertical axis
-
−
-
Tilt around the transverse axis
-
−
-
Development of the steep spiral as a result of the side-blown fuselage and the side-guiding mechanism through the slide
-
-
-
References to the same end effect, therefore necessary compensation for the use of both rudgers
-
-
-
Impact of mass inertia
-
-
-
Impact of the negative Wendemome
-
-
-
Aerodynamic impact on
-
−
-
Actuation of the trim
-
−
-
Operation of landing aids
-
−
-
Operation of the interference flaps
Rolling on the ground
-
-
-
Operation of the control system and brakes
Straight-ahead
-
-
-
Maintenance of the flight direction and flight situation
-
-
-
Comply with the correct flight situation with regard to the horizon and the direction, use of the trim, evaluation of the instruments
-
-
-
Reading of the flight monitoring instruments
-
-
-
Monitoring of the surrounding airspace
Curves
Division of curves into flat, middle and steep curves
-
-
-
Initiate the curve from the horizontal flight with correct application of the ruby
-
-
-
Maintaining the inclined position and the speed of rotation (rate of turn)
-
-
-
Routing out of the curve
-
-
-
Steig and Sinkflugcurves
-
-
-
Steep Curves
-
-
-
Possible curve errors, tip-off in the curve
-
-
-
Thermic flight
-
−
-
Circles in the Thermik, center, joint circular flight
-
−
-
Monitoring of the surrounding airspace
Overdraping, tilting and chucking in straight-ahead and cornering
-
-
-
Behavior when moving, tipping and shingling
-
-
-
Keep the direction during the tipping process
-
-
-
Termination of the exaggerated flight condition or Tipping off by pressing (minimum height loss)
-
-
-
Notes on the danger of repeated tipping by too fast interception
-
-
-
Initiate and End Trudeling
Steep spiral
Causes
-
-
-
Introduction of the Steilspirale
-
-
-
Recognition of the steep spiral
-
-
-
Termination of the Steilspirale
-
-
-
Correct application of the rudles when exiting
Note: Differences between steep spirals and turkeys are to be demonstrated.
Slot
-
-
-
Start, Cross Departure, Counter Approach, Cross-approach, Endanflug, Landing
-
-
-
Wind Start
-
−
-
Orientation of the glider in the starting direction
-
−
-
Keep Direction
-
−
-
Influence by wind, correct use of the high-altitude rudder, attention to speed
-
-
-
Drag start behind aircraft
-
−
-
Orientation of the gliding aircraft
-
−
-
Keep Direction
-
−
-
Influence by wind, correct use of the high-altitude rudder, attention to speed
-
−
-
Keeping the flight position behind the towing aircraft
-
−
-
Transfer to the horizontal flight; maintenance of the flight situation
-
-
-
Curve in the counter-approach
-
-
-
Counter-approach, approach of the position, checking of all instruments and operating levers according to clear list, distance to the runway
-
-
-
Taking the landing speed
-
-
-
Curve in the cross approach
-
-
-
Sinking flight to the level of the final flight, correct Sinking ratio with respect to the spatial distance to the starting line, taking into account the wind
-
-
-
Landing curve, ending the curve in the runway extension, if necessary Consideration of the page winch
-
-
-
Correct Sink or Sliding flight speed, actuation of the brake flaps with a corresponding flight position
-
-
-
Interception and Waiving
-
-
-
Pulling through to landing, landing technique, keeping in the direction of rolling out
-
-
-
In addition, to practice:
-
−
-
Long approach and landing without brake flaps
-
−
-
Landing approach followed by a short landing
-
−
-
Behavior on too low and too high a approach
-
−
-
Landing from a position outside the space round
-
-
-
Technology and hazards of back and side wind landings, permissible and demonstrated side wind components
Page Sliding
-
-
-
Side gliding flight in a straight approach
-
−
-
Initiate from gliding speed, order of control measures, direction, sinkrate, speed
-
−
-
End, order of control measures, keep direction, maintain glide speed
Destination
-
-
-
Target exercise with set-up within 100m after landing sign
Emergency landings
-
-
-
Start interrupting
-
−
-
Hold down and keep direction
-
−
-
Note the speed
-
−
-
Use of the brake tabs
-
−
-
Decision on the further procedure
-
-
-
External landing exercises
-
−
-
Selection of landing areas, observance of wind direction and speed
Note: This exercise is to be carried out with a motor sailer with an engine idling. The application is only allowed if the legal requirements are met.
Unofficial table of contents
Appendix: The Theoretical Examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to the practical training of glider pilots
(on § 18)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 213
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This examination is a written examination in the two subjects listed below and may, at the discretion of the competent authority, be filed on one or more days. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
Machining time hours (maximum)
| Pedagogy in flight training |
1:30 |
| Methodology in flight training |
1:30 |
| total |
3:00 |
-
2.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. Points may also be awarded for correct partial responses.
-
3.
-
The proof of teaching qualification shall be provided by the preparation and implementation of a teaching sample of at least one teaching unit.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 15F Practical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to the practical training of gliders
(on § 18)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 214-216
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical test is to be applied for in the context of the theoretical examination by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
The applicant shall have the practical test to be carried out on a model of a glider used in training. The aeroplane used in the practical test must satisfy the requirements for carrying out the practical test. The practical test must consist of at least three flights, of which at least one is towed in the starting type to be carried out behind aircraft.
-
3.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
4.
-
The applicant shall carry the aircraft from the seat from which he can carry out the activity of the flight instructor. Without prejudice to its responsibility for the flight implementation in accordance with § 4 para. 4 LuftVG, the examiner is to present a flight pupil at different stages of the training and to insert typical errors in the examination procedure for a flight student.
-
5.
-
The applicant shall ensure that all equipment and documents for the implementation of the flight are on board.
-
6.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the examination is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the remaining examination flights are to be carried out.
-
7.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
8.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Carrying the aircraft within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an airman as well as methodical skills as a flight instructor
-
-
-
Use of knowledge of aviation and control of the aircraft at any time of flight, so that the successful conduct of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
9.
-
The applicant must be able to pre-fly the exercises and verbally declare to the examiner The individual exercises of the practical test will be evaluated with "passed" or "not passed". If an exercise is not passed, this exercise is considered not to exist. If more than three exercises are not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. If you do not have only three exercises, you only have to repeat the exercises that have not been passed. If an exercise is not passed in the repeat examination, the entire check must be repeated. This also applies to exercises that were passed in a previous attempt.
-
10.
-
The existence of the practical examination entitles the applicant to an activity as a flight instructor under the supervision of an experienced flight instructor, recognised by the competent authority for this purpose, with the exception of
-
-
-
The second flight instructor's approval for the first solo flight
-
-
-
the carrying out of training flights with a flight instructor to extend an entitlement
-
11.
-
The duty of supervision referred to in point 10. may be revoked at the request of the flight instructor recognised for this purpose if the applicant has trained at least one flight pupil in each training section or at least 60 own training starts and 10 training flight hours in all Training sections have been carried out.
Proof of verification
Practical examination of the acquisition of entitlement to practical training of
Gliders of gliders
Name and first name of the applicant: ..................................
Address: .......................................................
Licence-No: ........................................................
I. Examination flights
Gliding airplane pattern: ................... Tag: .................
Aerodrome: .............................. Flight Time: ....................
Exercises selected from Appendix 5B:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercises I Rating I Exercises I Assessment
I B/NB I I B/NB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Result of the examination
---------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
---------------------------------
III. Remarks
.................................................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
.................................................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 16A Theoretical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pool guides
(on § 19)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 217
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination shall be requested by the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This examination shall be a written or computer-assisted examination in the seven subjects listed below and may, at the discretion of the competent authority, be filed on one or more days. Several examination subjects can be combined. An exam consists of at least 70 questions. The examination must consist of approximately 2/3 of the selection questions (multiple choice) from the respective valid official questionnaire and about 1/3 of questions to be answered in long written answers. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
Machining time hours (maximum)
| Air legislation, air traffic and air traffic control, including the legislation of the mobile service |
1:00 |
| General Aircraft Customer |
0:45 |
| Human performance |
0:45 |
| Meteorology |
1:00 |
| Navigation, flight performance and flight planning |
1:00 |
| Behaviour in special cases |
0:45 |
| Aerostatics |
0:45 |
| total |
6:00 |
-
3.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. In case of multiple-choice questions, points may only be given for correct answers, and in the case of questions to be answered in the long term, they may also be awarded for correct partial answers.
-
4.
-
The existence of this theoretical selection examination includes the registration for the acceptance of the practical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of open-air-pool guides.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 16B Practical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pool guides
(on § 19)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 218-219
-
1.
-
The outdoor pool used in the practical selection test must meet the requirements for the implementation of the practical selection test and must be an outdoor pool of the size class I.
-
2.
-
The examiner must discuss the examination program in the guidelines with the applicant prior to the trip.
-
3.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is cancelled for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out will be checked in a further journey.
-
4.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
5.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Conduct of the outdoor pool within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Application of knowledge from aviation and control of the outdoor pool at any time of the journey, so that the successful implementation of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
6.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test are evaluated with "passed" (b) or "not passed" (nb). If more than three exercises are not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. If you do not have only three exercises, you only have to repeat the exercises that have not been passed. If an exercise is not passed in the repeat examination, the entire check must be repeated. This also applies to exercises that were passed in a previous attempt.
Proof of verification
Practical selection test for the acquisition of the right to practical
Training of outdoor swimming pools
Name and first name of the applicant: .........................................................
Address: ..............................................................
Licence-No: ..............................................................
I. Examination
Balonart: Gas balloon/hot air balloon * Pattern: ....................
Entry sign: ................. Size: .................. m3
Starting place: ......................... Start Time: .................
Landeplatz: ......................... Landezeit: .................
Travel time: ...............
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
I Exercises I Evaluation
I I B/NB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 I Travel Preparation I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 I upgrading of the outdoor swimming pool I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 I External and internal control according to clear list I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 I Start and climb to a predetermined driving height I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 I Implementation of the journey I
I Implementation of the necessary measures and I
I checks during travel I
I Navigation I
I Emergency procedure I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 I Mobile communications I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 i Take of heights to reach cheaper I
I Driving directions I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 I Selection of suitable landing areas I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 I intermediate landing or at higher wind-I
I velocities landing without I
I Ground contact from a safety minimum height of I
I 150m above reason I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 I Endlandung I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 L Emptying of the casing I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 I Packing of the outdoor swimming pool after the final landing I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Result of the examination:
--------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
--------------------------------
III. Remarks:
.............................. ..............................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
.............................. ..............................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 16C Curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the right to practical training of outdoor swimming pool guides
(on § 19)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 220-224 General introduction
The suitability and reputation of a flight instructor are and fall with his personality, his technical skills and his theoretical, in particular technical knowledge, in all questions and problems relating to aviation.
Flight students will always come from different educational circles with different knowledge bases and with different mental and physical predisposition. Their entire trust, to be trained carefully, put them in their flight instructor. In order to establish this relationship of trust, it is therefore essential to demand good theoretical knowledge from the training instructor and to familiarized him with the pedagogy, methodology and systematics in such a way that he is capable of his knowledge in to pass on the appropriate form to the flight pupil. It must be able to recognize all the technical, technical and technical connections, to explain them and to provide the necessary information. His knowledge in all fields must be so deepened that he can give appropriate lessons for the practical driving performance. It is his responsibility to ensure the education of prudent and responsible free-of-charge air-market leaders.
The main focus of the theoretical training on the acquisition of an entitlement to practical training of open-market leaders is to teach the necessary methodological and didactic knowledge and skills for the teaching of learning. In addition, in the framework of theoretical training, in-depth knowledge of all areas of theoretical training is based on a solid basic knowledge of the acquisition of a right to practical training of open-air-pool guides mediating.
PEDAGOGY IN EDUCATION
General
-
-
-
Requirements for a flight instructor with regard to his character, his personality and his behaviour
-
-
-
Responsibility of the flight instructor, legal and ethical obligation
-
-
-
Relationship of trust between teachers and students
-
-
-
Educational influence on the flight student
-
-
-
Dislocation of hubris or lack of self-confidence
-
-
-
mutual respect and camaraderie
-
-
-
Acting on an ideal attitude to aviation
-
-
-
Motivation for flight discipline
-
-
-
Various causes of the flight errors, which can lead to detachment in extreme cases, are
-
-
-
Air sickness
-
-
-
Anxiety
-
-
-
Lack of a flying sensation
-
-
-
Lack of empathy, estimation, reaction and concentration
-
-
-
Lack of overview and resilience
-
-
-
Lack of orientation and spatial imagination
-
-
-
lack of attention and learning ability
-
-
-
Complexes
-
-
-
Lack of learning
-
-
-
on low intelligence level
-
-
-
character defects
-
-
-
Discipline
-
-
-
Searching for ways to influence the causes of detected errors
-
-
-
Professional assessment during and after the journey
-
-
-
Audit bias
-
-
-
Influence of the flight instructor on the attitude and behaviour of the flight schüller during the test flight
Methodology and systematics in theoretical training
-
-
-
Principles of human communication
-
-
-
Introduction to adult education
-
-
-
Teaching techniques, motivation
-
-
-
Elaboration of a curriculum for a teaching unit
-
-
-
Training topic
-
-
-
Definition of learning objectives
-
-
-
Material collection, outline
-
-
-
Time needed
-
-
-
Available teaching materials and media
-
-
-
Defining the form of training and course of instruction
-
-
-
Creating learning target controls
-
-
-
Organisational measures
-
-
-
Preparation of the teaching
-
-
-
Flight Schüller's familiaration with the learning objectives and the lesson plan
-
-
-
Follow-up
Methodology and systematics in practical training
-
-
-
Meaningful sequence of exercises taking into account the training level, weather, continuity of training, frequency of repetitions
-
-
-
Announcement and explanation of the respective exercises prior to the trip
-
-
-
Statement of procedures with justifications
-
-
-
Evaluation of the individual exercises immediately during the ride
-
-
-
Take-over of the balloon tour (burner/ballast) during the journey only in critical situations
-
-
-
Post-meeting and additional explanations after the trip
-
-
-
Subdivision of the training programme into the sections
-
-
-
up to independent driving
-
-
-
regular practice of emergency procedures
-
-
-
Deepening of the harvests and further education up to the exam
-
-
-
Preparation for the exam
-
-
-
Duty of supervision of the flight instructor in the upgrading of the balloon by the trainee
-
-
-
Motivation for self-criticism and self-control
METHODOLOGY IN TRAINING
General instructions
-
-
-
Familiarist with the starting places and its facilities
-
-
-
Security provisions
-
-
-
general rules
-
-
-
Notes on the explanation of the outdoor swimming pool
-
-
-
Detailed discussion of the flight manual prior to the first training trip
-
-
-
Clear List
Comprehensive teaching
-
-
-
Declarations of instructions and flight exercises
-
-
-
Aerostatic and functional relationships
-
-
-
Use of procedure and clearlists
-
-
-
Methods of communicating the use of radio navigation aids
Note: The teaching is to be designed in such a way that the contender learns the relationships of the individual processes to each other, that they are mentally recorded, in order to be able to pass them on later as a flight instructor to the trainees.
Behaviour in special cases
-
-
-
Safe behaviour at the starting point and at events
-
-
-
Hazards emanating from the fan
-
-
-
Dealing with spectators at the starting point
-
-
-
Prevention of accidents involving power lines
-
-
-
Behaviour in the event of power accidents
-
-
-
Correct use of fire extinguishers
-
-
-
Landings in critical conditions
-
-
-
Training of the team to avoid accidents
-
-
-
Training of the team on behaviour in the event of accidents
-
-
-
Notifications of accidents
-
-
-
Training possibilities of emergency procedures
-
-
-
Behaviour of the flight instructor in case of emergencies, malfunctions and accidents
Air Law
-
-
-
Provisions relating to air rights in connection with training
-
−
-
Registered Training Institution
-
−
-
Insurance in training
-
−
-
Scope of training permit
-
−
-
Teaching and extension
-
-
-
Documentation and administrative procedures
-
−
-
School records
-
−
-
Flight student records
-
−
-
Evidence of training
-
-
-
Form sheets and applications for school operation
-
−
-
Student Message
-
−
-
Evidence of formal qualifications
-
−
-
Applications for the acceptance of tests
-
-
-
Extension forms for extension
-
-
-
Duties of the operator of the registered training institution and of the flight instructor
-
−
-
by legal provisions
-
−
-
in accordance with the requirements of the training permit
-
-
-
General permission, individual permits, launch site appraisal
-
-
-
Importance of a detailed passenger briefing
-
-
-
Use and creation of clearlists
-
-
-
Liability law for training and passenger journeys
Navigation
-
-
-
Sensible use of GPS in navigatory tasks.
-
-
-
Different coordinate systems
-
-
-
Benefits of using a transponder
-
-
-
Consideration of nature conservation, agricultural land and animal husbandry in the field of navigatory driving planning
-
-
-
Development trends of the future airspace structure
-
-
-
Behaviour in different air spaces with the outdoor swimming pool
-
-
-
Special features in the field of radio communication in the case of outdoor swimming pools with air traffic control centres
-
-
-
Assessment of a starting place for suitability
Meteorology
-
-
-
Procurement of meteorological data and sources of supply
-
-
-
Own observation possibilities
-
-
-
Use of self-locking systems
-
-
-
Interpretation and correct evaluation of meteorological data
-
-
-
Meteorological travel preparation of training trips
-
-
-
Detect weather changes during a ride
-
-
-
Development trends in the DWD in relation to aviation consulting
Aerostatics
-
-
-
Load-bearing capacity and other aerostatic calculations
-
-
-
Aerostatic influences and forces occurring during the upgrading of open-air zones
-
-
-
Influences of additional charge, temperature change, pressure change, etc. to the behavior of an outdoor swimming pool.
-
-
-
Theoretical knowledge of driving technique, heating intervals, valve effects, forces acting on the balloon and the resulting conclusions
-
-
-
In-depth theoretical knowledge of balloon behaviour in rapid landings
Technology
-
-
-
Electronic instruments and their technology
-
-
-
Different burner systems, functional features and effects on emergency procedures
-
-
-
Various quick-release systems and their special features
-
-
-
Optimal processes for the upgrading of open-air zones
-
-
-
Safe handling of propane
-
-
-
Use of protective clothing
Human performance
-
-
-
Performance of flight students in the course of training
-
-
-
Decision-making processes before and during ballooning
-
-
-
Influence of outsiers on pilot decisions
-
-
-
Effects on permanent experience
-
-
-
Supporting effect of clearlists
-
-
-
Mental training of emergency procedures
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 16D Curriculum for practical training for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pool guides
(on § 19)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No 60, Supplement No. 60a, 225-226 The outdoor pool used in practical training for the practical training of outdoor swimming pools must correspond to the size class I and be suitable for training.
In practical training, the applicant will have the necessary practical skills to
-
-
-
Conduct of a flight scum to execute the actions necessary for the proper and safe performance of the journey
-
-
-
Recognition of the necessary active intervention in the continuation of the voyage in case of misreactions by the flight Schüller
to be conveyed.
Driving training
-
-
-
At least three journeys with a total driving time of at least four hours must be carried out. If the four hours are not reached, the number of journeys will be increased. The journeys are intended to introduce the applicant into the methodical and pedagogical practice of a flight instructor.
-
-
-
As far as possible, every training trip is to be carried out with a flight student. Only if no flight student is available can the recognised instructor represent the pupil. The recognised training instructor is on board all training trips and is responsible for the aircraft. The journeys are to be planned in such a way that an education is simulated in a shirred form. The applicant learns to upgrade, drive and land the flight student from the beginning. It is intended to intervene only in cases of acute danger or in order to show the right driving technique in the event of errors to the flight pupil.
The applicant shall, under the guidance of the recognised training instructor, form in accordance with the requirements of Annex 7B to the 2. DV LuftPersV off. In addition, the following procedures are provided to the applicant:
Starting and starting preparation
-
-
-
Check suitable weather conditions before a training trip in accordance with the training level of the flight Schüller
-
-
-
Ensure that the flight student knows the essential parts of the flight handbook of the outdoor swimming pool used in the training
-
-
-
Carrying out a comprehensive journey preparation with the flight student in a navigational, meteorological and airy point of view
-
-
-
Meeting the planned exercises and learning goals
-
-
-
Integration of the flight Schüller into the decision-making processes
-
-
-
Decision on the participation of passengers in accordance with the legal provisions
-
-
-
Driving and starting preparations by the flight student under the guidance and supervision of the applicant and the recognised training instructor
-
-
-
Training of the team for armor, tracking and recovery of the balloon
Start, ride and landing
-
-
-
The applicant shall carry out the exercises under observation by the flight pupil and shall ensure that the requirements are within the framework of the level of training and of physical and mental capacity, and that the requirements are neither under-nor Overrequest occurs. If the subrequest is used, additional tasks will be assigned to the flight pupil until he manages all the tasks of the balloon tour independently.
-
-
-
The applicant shall indicate to the flight pupil during the journey to errors and shall show ways to avoid them
-
-
-
Notification of property owners in case of damage caused by land in the event of an end or stopover
Packaging and Maintenance
-
-
-
Inspection of the device for getting to know the parts and weaknesses
-
-
-
For hot air balloons: Common refuelling of the gas cylinders in compliance with all safety regulations
Post-meeting
-
-
-
Joint completion of the on-board, journey books and training certificates
-
-
-
Incoming meeting of the journey to determine the progress of the training
-
−
-
between the applicant and the student under the supervision of the recognised training instructor
-
−
-
between applicants and recognised instructor
-
-
-
Meeting with the team members to address possible risky behaviors under the supervision of the recognised instructor
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 16E Theoretical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pool guides
(on § 19)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 227
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the training establishment/training institution for the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This examination is a written examination in the two subjects listed below and may, at the discretion of the competent authority, be filed on one or more days. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
Machining time hours (maximum)
| Pedagogy in flight training |
1:30 |
| Methodology in flight training |
1:30 |
| total |
3:00 |
-
3.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. Points may also be awarded for correct partial responses.
-
4.
-
The proof of teaching qualification shall be provided by the preparation and implementation of a teaching sample of at least one teaching unit.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 16F Practical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of outdoor swimming pool guides
(on § 19)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 228-230
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical examination shall be requested by the training manager of the officially recognised training course after completion of the practical training and the existence of the theoretical examination at the competent authority. The applicant shall have the practical test to be carried out on an outdoor pool of the size class I and the type of outdoor swimming pool on which he was active during the flight instructor training course. The open-air pool used in the practical test must meet the requirements for carrying out the practical test.
-
2.
-
At least one examiner has to participate in the examination. Preferably, a flight pupil with which the applicant has to carry out a training trip is to be taken along. If no flight student is available, the examiner will have to simulate the flight pupil.
-
3.
-
In the course of the examination, the applicant's approach according to Annex 16D 2.DV LuftPersV as well as the behaviour of the applicant was simulated on the basis of the simulation. to check the actual error of a flight sculler. The test consists of a journey of approx. 1 hour duration.
-
4.
-
The examiner must discuss the examination program in the guidelines with the applicant prior to the trip. The applicant has to prove the skills according to form certificate. The test shall be carried out by the examiner on the form and the result of the driving test.
-
5.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is cancelled for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out will be checked in a further journey.
-
6.
-
The applicant can repeat each test point once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's ballooning or methodical didactic skills indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
7.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test are evaluated with "passed" (b) or "not passed" (nb). If more than three exercises are not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. If you do not have only three exercises, you only have to repeat the exercises that have not been passed. If an exercise is not passed in the repeat examination, the entire check must be repeated. This also applies to exercises that were passed in a previous attempt.
-
8.
-
Prior to the initial acquisition of a teaching qualification, a successful training activity following the course of the training course shall be provided in accordance with § 94 LuftPersV Abs. 1 Nr. 5.
-
10.
-
The applicant for teaching qualification has to train at least one flight student in each training section to demonstrate the successful training activity.
-
11.
-
The flight instructor authorized by the competent authority for supervision shall, following training periods, be persuaded by a journey with the student (s) of flight (s) that the objective of the respective training sections has been achieved, before he certifies the entire successful training activity.
Proof of verification
Practical examination of the acquisition of entitlement to practical training of
Free balloons
Name and first name of the applicant: .........................................................
Address: ..............................................................
Licence No: ............................
I. Examination
Balloon type: Gas balloon/hot air balloon * Pattern: .......................
Identifier: ........................ Size: ............... m (high) 3
Starting place: ......................... Start Time: ....................
Landeplatz: ......................... Landezeit: ....................
Travel time: ....................
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercises I Evaluation
I B/NB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Travel preparation for the training trip with the I
Flight pupil I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. understandable instructions and statements of the I
Applicant to the flight student I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inclusion of the flight schüller in decision-making processes I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Correct errors at start, drive and landing I
of Flight Schüller I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Self-acting can be carried out by the Flight Schüller at
Control of the applicant I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Meeting with the flight pupil and evaluation I
of its training level I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Result of the examination
-------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
-------------------------------
III. Remarks
...........................................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
...........................................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 17A Theoretical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides
(on § 20)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 231
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the theoretical selection examination shall be requested by the applicant at the competent authority.
-
2.
-
This test shall be a written or computer-assisted examination. It includes the following subject areas and has a duration of 60 to 120 minutes. The place and time of the examination shall be determined by the competent authority.
| Field |
| 1. |
Air legislation, air traffic and air traffic control |
| 2. |
Navigation |
| 2.1 |
General Navigation |
| 2.2 |
Radio navigation |
| 2.3 |
Flight planning |
| 3. |
Meteorology |
| 4. |
Aerodynamics (gas, aerostatics and aerodynamics) |
| 5. |
General aviation knowledge, technology |
| 5.1 |
Flight performance |
| 5.2 |
Loading and Focus |
| 5.3 |
Airship Customer |
| 5.4 |
Electrical engineering and avionics |
| 5.5 |
Instruments |
| 5.6 |
Engines |
| 6. |
Behaviour in special cases |
| 7. |
Human performance |
-
3.
-
The examination shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible number of points.
-
4.
-
The existence of this theoretical selection examination includes the registration for the acceptance of the practical selection test for the acquisition of the authorization for the practical selection test of airship guides.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 17B Practical selection test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides
(on § 20)
Reference to the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 232-235
-
1.
-
The airship used in the practical selection test shall meet the requirements for the implementation of the practical selection test.
-
2.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant. The time of simulated emergency situations is to be announced locally and temporally for the applicant.
-
3.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
4.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
5.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Conduct of the airship within the operating limits
-
-
-
quiet and exact execution of all exercises
-
-
-
good judgment and behaviour as an air driver (airmanship)
-
-
-
Use of knowledge of aviation and control of the airship at any time of flight, so that the safe conduct of a procedure or exercise at no time is seriously endangered.
-
6.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test are evaluated with "passed" (b) or "not passed" (nb). If an exercise does not pass in a review section, this section is considered to be unpassed. If more than one examination section is not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. An applicant who does not have only one review section must repeat only the non-passed part. If a section does not pass in the repeat check, the entire check is to be repeated. This also applies to sections that were passed in a previous attempt. The entire test shall be taken within six months.
Practical selection test for the acquisition of the right to practical
Training of air navigation guides
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
Aviation certificate for: ........................................................
Issued by: ............................. on: .......................
I. Implementation of the examination:
Airship pattern: ........................ Identifier: ......................
Departure Location: ............................... Start Time: ........................
Destination: ................................. Landing time. ........................
Block time (from Mast/to Mast): ....................
II. Result of the examination
-------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
-------------------------------
III. Remarks
............................... ................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
............................... ................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
Weather conditions:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At departure point I on route I at the destination
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I
I I
I I
I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
Seat of the examiner: I Right I Left I Middle I rear
------------------------------------------------------
Evaluation of the individual flight exercises
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exam Section/Exercise I B/NB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Flight preparation
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. External and internal control according to clear list
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Anating of the engines
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Review of the engines, systems and systems
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Pushing off the mast
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Start
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.1 Normal starting procedure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.2 Emergency start-up procedure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.3 Start-up (see 12.3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.4 Start with simulated engine failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Steigflug
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Flight exercises
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1 Horizontal flight
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.2 Cornering
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.3 Flight in impact height
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4 Compliance with predetermined flight path parameters by instrument
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.5 Tracking with the help of air navigation tools
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.6 Site provision using air navigation tools
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.7 Guided tour of the flight route plan
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Determination of the static severity in flight
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.1 Computer
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.2 Practical (Weight-off, Speed/Attitude)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Sinkflug
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1 Normal Sinking Flight
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2 Notsinkflug
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. Anflight
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 Flight with simulated engine failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Landings
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.1-with different static severity
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.2-with simulated engine failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.3-Cancellation of landing and launch (see 6.3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. Floor maneuvers/Apply to the Mast
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. Radio communications
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. Use of clearlists
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16. Examination on the ground
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.1 Behavior in engine fire
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.2 Behavior in smoke/fire
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.3 Behavior in system failures
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.4 Actions in the case of emergency landing with and without assistance by the
Ground crew
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 17C curriculum for theoretical training on the acquisition of the right to practical training of airship guides
(on § 20)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 236-238 General introduction
The suitability and reputation of a flight instructor are and fall with his personality, his flying skills and his theoretical, in particular technical knowledge, in all questions and problems related to aviation. Flight students will always come from different educational circles with different knowledge bases and with different mental and physical predisposition. Their entire trust, to be trained carefully, put them in their flight instructor. In order to establish this relationship of trust, it is therefore essential to demand good theoretical knowledge from the training instructor and to familiarized him with the pedagogy, methodology and systematics in such a way that he is capable of his knowledge in to pass on the appropriate form to the flight pupil. It must be able to recognize all the connections connected with the flying activity, explain it and give the necessary information and assistance. His knowledge in all fields must be so deepened that he can give appropriate lessons for practical flight execution. It is his responsibility to ensure the education of prudent and responsible airship guides.
The main focus of the theoretical training on the acquisition of an entitlement to practical training for airship guides lies in the teaching of the required methodological and didactic knowledge and skills for the teaching of learning. In addition, in the course of the theoretical training, in-depth knowledge of all areas of theoretical training is based on a solid basic knowledge of the acquisition of an authorization for airship guides.
PEDAGOGY IN FLIGHT TRAINING
General
-
-
-
Requirements for a flight instructor with regard to his character, his personality and his behaviour
-
-
-
Responsibility of the flight instructor, legal and ethical obligation
-
-
-
Relationship of trust between teachers and students
-
-
-
Educational influence on the flight student
-
-
-
Dislocation of hubris or lack of self-confidence
-
-
-
mutual respect and camaraderie
-
-
-
Acting on an ideal attitude to aviation
-
-
-
Education on flight discipline
-
-
-
Causes of flight errors, which can lead to detachment in extreme cases, are
-
-
-
Air sickness
-
-
-
Anxiety
-
-
-
Lack of a flying sensation
-
-
-
Tax-related tax
-
-
-
Lack of empathy, estimation, reaction and concentration
-
-
-
Lack of overview and resilience
-
-
-
Lack of orientation and spatial imagination
-
-
-
lack of attention and learning ability
-
-
-
Complexes
-
-
-
Lack of learning
-
-
-
on low intelligence level
-
-
-
character defects
-
-
-
Discipline
-
-
-
Searching for ways to influence the causes of detected errors
-
-
-
Error message during flight and evaluation after completion of flight
-
-
-
Audit bias
-
-
-
Influence of the flight instructor on the attitude and behaviour of the flight schüller during the test flight
-
-
-
Fliegerische judgement
Methodology and systematics
-
-
-
the teaching staff
-
-
-
the learner
-
-
-
the subject matter or Curriculum
-
-
-
Preparation and breakdown of the teaching
-
-
-
Teaching technique
-
-
-
Correct response of the flight Schüller
-
-
-
Raising his attention
-
-
-
The pupil's familiaration with the training plan
-
-
-
Uniformity of training in terms of content and methodology
-
-
-
Meaningful order of the exercises taking into account the training level
-
-
-
Continuity of training
-
-
-
Frequency of retries
-
-
-
Announcement and explanation of the respective exercises before the flight
-
-
-
The teachings of the fly and the correction technique using the textbook in the flight
-
-
-
Synchronization of the spoken word to the flight movement
-
-
-
Post-meeting and supplementary declarations after the flight
-
-
-
Acquisition and transfer of control in the flight
-
-
-
Subdivision of the training programme into the sections
-
-
-
up to the first solo flight
-
-
-
Deepening of the harvests and further training after the first solo flight
-
-
-
Preparation for the test flight, in particular all measures for carrying out the navigation flight
-
-
-
Duty of supervision of the flight instructor on solo flights of the trainee
-
-
-
Education for self-criticism and self-control
THEORETICAL FLIGHT INSTRUCTION AND TEACHING OF FLIGHT TEACHING
General instructions
-
-
-
Familiarist with the starting place and its facilities
-
-
-
Security provisions
-
-
-
general rules
-
-
-
Information on the declaration of the airship
-
-
-
Flight Guide
-
-
-
Clear List
Comprehensive teaching
-
-
-
Declarations of instructions and flight exercises
-
-
-
Aerodynamic/aerostatic and technical connections
-
-
-
Use of procedure and clearlists
-
-
-
Note:
-
The teaching is to be designed in such a way that the contender learns to know the relationships of the individual processes with each other, that they are mentally recorded in order to be able to pass them on later as a flight instructor to the trainees.
-
-
-
Methods of communicating the use of radio navigation aids
Development of a textbook
-
-
-
Development of a training schedule with the following points:
-
-
-
Training topic
-
-
-
Training Objective
-
-
-
Training Form
-
-
-
Training procedures
-
-
-
Training resources
-
-
-
Time needed
-
-
-
Expiration
-
-
-
Breakdown of materials
-
-
-
Partial Objectives
-
-
-
Aids, etc.
-
-
-
Organisational measures
-
-
-
Follow-up
Behaviour in special cases
-
-
-
Reasons for technical irregularities and possibilities for their removal
-
-
-
Malfunctions of plants and instruments
-
-
-
Radio failure
Behaviour in emergencies and emergency procedures
-
-
-
Fire on board
-
-
-
Behaviour in case of loss of orientation and at the arrival of bad weather conditions
-
-
-
Emergency landings
-
-
-
Behavior after an emergency landing
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 17D Curriculum for practical training on the acquisition of the right to practical training of airship guides
(on § 20)
Site of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 239 The airship used in practical training to acquire the practical training of airship guides has to be suitable for training.
The practical training is divided into two sections.
-
1.
-
Learning and strengthening of the control technology/operation of the airship from the seat of the flight instructor
-
2.
-
Methodical flight training
The Methodology of Flight Training shall be used by the applicant
-
-
-
in order to provide the necessary skills to secure and responsible conduct of the airship to the flight student,
-
-
-
to demonstrate the right leadership of the airship,
-
-
-
on the methodically correct guidance of the flight Schüller,
-
-
-
to detect erroneous actions of the flight Schüller,
-
-
-
to prevent or The use of critical and dangerous flight conditions,
-
-
-
for the application of adequate corrections (active intervention, verbal instructions)
-
-
-
to assess the progress of the flight Schüller
.
Flight training shall include at least 15 hours of a teaching qualification recognised for this purpose by the competent authority.
In terms of content, all flight exercises must be covered in accordance with the "practical training curriculum for the acquisition of a licence for airship guides" (see Annex 8B (to § 11)), whereby the learning of the teaching methodology is the focus of the practical training courses. Training.
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 17E Theoretical test for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides
(on § 20)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 240
-
1.
-
This examination shall be a written or computer-assisted examination in the following two subjects and may, at the discretion of the competent authority, be filed on one or more days. The following processing times may not be exceeded:
Machining time hours (maximum)
| Pedagogy in flight training |
1:30 |
| Methodology in flight training |
1:30 |
| total |
3:00 |
-
2.
-
An examination subject shall be deemed to have been passed if the applicant has reached at least 75% of the possible score in this subject. Points may also be awarded for correct partial responses.
-
3.
-
The proof of teaching qualification shall be provided by the preparation and implementation of a teaching sample of at least one teaching unit. The test sample shall be submitted before a Examination Committee designated by the competent authority. The Commission shall consist of a Chairperson and at least one Beisitzer. The subject of a flight instructor's teaching shall be determined by the competent authority. The teaching sample is rated "passed" or "not passed".
Unofficial table of contents
Annex 17F Practical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical training of airship guides
(on § 20)
Reference of the original text: BAnz. 2006, No. 60, Supplement No. 60a, 241-243
-
1.
-
The acceptance of the practical test shall be requested by the head of training at the competent authority. The content of the practical test is based on the type of teaching authorization to be acquired. The applicant shall take the practical test on an airship pattern on which he was active during the course of the training to obtain the teaching qualification. The airship used in the practical test shall comply with the requirements for carrying out the practical test.
-
2.
-
Before the flight, the examiner must discuss the examination program in the broad guidelines with the applicant.
-
3.
-
If the applicant is to cancel the practical test for reasons which are not justified for the examiner, the entire examination must be repeated. If the test is terminated for reasons justified for the examiner, only the sections that have not been carried out shall be checked in a further flight.
-
5.
-
The applicant can repeat each exercise and every procedure once. The auditor may cancel the examination at any time if the applicant's flying abilities indicate that the entire test has to be repeated.
-
6.
-
The applicant shall demonstrate the following skills:
-
-
-
Ability of a flight sheller to safely guide the airship
-
-
-
Pronounced judgment and pedagogical behaviour as a flight instructor
-
-
-
Application of his teaching methodology as well as his fliegerischen and theoretical knowledge.
-
7.
-
The individual exercises of the practical test will be carried out with " passed " (b) or " not passed " (nb). If an exercise does not pass in a review section, this section is considered to be unpassed. If more than one examination section is not passed, the applicant must repeat the entire examination. An applicant who does not have only one review section must repeat only the non-passed part. If a section does not pass in the repeat check, the entire check is to be repeated. This also applies to sections that were passed in a previous attempt. The entire test shall be taken within six months.
-
8.
-
Further training may be required after a practical test has not been passed. If there are not all sections in the second attempt, then the further training must be determined by the competent authority. The practical test can be repeated as often as desired.
Practical examination for the acquisition of the entitlement to practical
Training of air navigation guides
Name and first name of the applicant: ..............................................................
Address: ...................................................................
Aviation certificate for: ........................................................
Issued by: ............................. on: .......................
I. Implementation of the examination:
Airship pattern: ........................ Identifier: ......................
Departure Location: ............................... Start Time: ........................
Destination: ................................. Landing time. ........................
Block time (from Mast/to Mast): ....................
II. Result of the examination
-------------------------------
I Passed/Not passed * I
-------------------------------
III. Remarks
............................... ................................
Place and date Signature of the examiner
............................... ................................
Reviewer No. Name in print letters
* Non-applicable is to be deleted
Weather conditions:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At departure point I on route I at the destination
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I
I I
I I
I I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
Seat of the examiner: I Right I Left I Middle I rear
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercises selected from Appendix 8B I review
I (B/NB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note:
The role of the "flight pupil" is assumed by the examiner or a flight instructor who was not involved in the training.
The selected exercises are to be discussed at first in a flight briefing with the "flight student".
During the flight, the applicant shall announce the exercise to be carried out and then, in explanatory terms, be presented with the words.
After that, the exercise of the "flight student" is to be carried out under the simulation of typical pupil misconduct. The applicant has the errors in a suitable manner (verbal or, if necessary, by intervening).
In a meeting, after the flight by the applicant, the individual exercises with the "flight student" must be evaluated.
